SemaDecl.cpp revision 4bada2e3f20a3c76f5493e3163eafc02258c5902
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 49 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 50} 51 52/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 53/// return the declaration of that type. 54/// 55/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 56/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 57/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 58/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 59/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 60/// 61/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 62/// and then return NULL. 63ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 64 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 65 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 66 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 67 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 68 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 69 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 70 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 71 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 72 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 74 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 75 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 76 77 if (!LookupCtx) { 78 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 79 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 80 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 81 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 82 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 83 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 84 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 85 // 86 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 87 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 88 if (!isClassName) 89 return ParsedType(); 90 91 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 92 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 93 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 94 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 95 96 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 97 QualType T = 98 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 99 II, NameLoc); 100 101 return ParsedType::make(T); 102 } 103 104 return ParsedType(); 105 } 106 107 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 108 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 113 // lookup for class-names. 114 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 115 LookupOrdinaryName; 116 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 117 if (LookupCtx) { 118 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 119 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 120 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 121 // nested-name-specifier. 122 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 123 124 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 128 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 129 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 130 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 131 LookupName(Result, S); 132 } 133 } else { 134 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 135 LookupName(Result, S); 136 } 137 138 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 139 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 140 case LookupResult::NotFound: 141 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 142 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 143 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 144 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 145 return ParsedType(); 146 147 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 148 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 149 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 150 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 151 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 152 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 153 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 155 return ParsedType(); 156 } 157 158 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 159 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 160 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 161 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 162 if (!IIDecl || 163 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 164 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 165 IIDecl = *Res; 166 } 167 } 168 169 if (!IIDecl) { 170 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 171 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 172 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 173 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 174 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 175 // a type name. 176 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 181 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 182 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 183 // perform the name lookup again. 184 break; 185 186 case LookupResult::Found: 187 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 188 break; 189 } 190 191 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 192 193 QualType T; 194 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 196 197 if (T.isNull()) 198 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 199 200 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 201 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 202 // Construct a type with type-source information. 203 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 204 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 205 206 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 207 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 208 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 209 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 210 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 211 } else { 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 } 214 } 215 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 216 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 217 if (!HasTrailingDot) 218 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 219 } 220 221 if (T.isNull()) { 222 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 } 226 return ParsedType::make(T); 227} 228 229/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 230/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 231/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 232/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 233/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 234DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 235 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 236 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 237 LookupName(R, S, false); 238 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 239 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 240 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 241 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 242 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 243 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 244 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 245 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 246 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 247 } 248 } 249 250 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 251} 252 253/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 254/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 255/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 256/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 257/// @code 258/// template<class T> class A { 259/// public: 260/// typedef int TYPE; 261/// }; 262/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 263/// public: 264/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 265/// }; 266/// @endcode 267bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 268 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 269 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 270 271 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 272 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 273 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 274 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 275 return true; 276 } 277 return false; 278} 279 280bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 281 SourceLocation IILoc, 282 Scope *S, 283 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 284 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 285 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 286 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 287 288 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 289 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 290 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 291 NotForRedeclaration); 292 293 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 294 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 295 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 296 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 297 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 298 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 300 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 302 Result->getNameAsString()); 303 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 304 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 305 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 306 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 307 Result->getNameAsString()); 308 else 309 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 310 311 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 312 << Result->getDeclName(); 313 314 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 315 false, false, ParsedType(), 316 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 317 return true; 318 } 319 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 320 // We corrected to a keyword. 321 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 322 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 323 << &II << Corrected; 324 return true; 325 } 326 } 327 328 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 329 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 330 UnqualifiedId Name; 331 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 332 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 333 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 334 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 335 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 336 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 337 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 338 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 339 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 340 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 341 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 342 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 343 } 344 return true; 345 } 346 } 347 348 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 349 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 350 351 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 353 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 354 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 355 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 356 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 357 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 358 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 359 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 360 361 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 362 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 363 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 364 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 365 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 366 } else { 367 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 368 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 369 } 370 371 return true; 372} 373 374// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 375// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 376// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 377DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 378 379 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 380 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 381 // the context we'll need to return to. 382 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 383 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 384 385 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 386 // lexical context. 387 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 388 return DC; 389 390 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 391 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 392 // class is the context we need to return to. 393 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 394 DC = RD; 395 396 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 397 // declared in. 398 return DC; 399 } 400 401 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 402 // of the class. 403 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 404 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 405 406 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 407} 408 409void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 410 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 411 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 412 CurContext = DC; 413 S->setEntity(DC); 414} 415 416void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 417 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 418 419 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 420 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 421} 422 423/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 424/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 425/// 426void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 427 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 428 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 429 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 430 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 431 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 432 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 433 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 434 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 435 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 436 // namespace. 437 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 438 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 439 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 440 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 441 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 442 443 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 444 445#ifndef NDEBUG 446 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 447 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 448 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 449#endif 450 451 CurContext = DC; 452 S->setEntity(DC); 453} 454 455void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 456 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 457 458 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 459 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 460 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 461 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 462 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 463 464 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 465 // disappear. 466} 467 468/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 469/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 470/// 471/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 472/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 473/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 474/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 475/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 476/// attribute. 477static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 478 ASTContext &Context) { 479 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 480 return true; 481 482 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 483 return true; 484 485 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 486 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 487} 488 489/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 490void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 491 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 492 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 493 // scope. 494 while (S->getEntity() && 495 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 496 S = S->getParent(); 497 498 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 499 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 500 // into any context. 501 if (AddToContext) 502 CurContext->addDecl(D); 503 504 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 505 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 506 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 507 D->isOutOfLine()) 508 return; 509 510 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 511 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 512 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 513 return; 514 515 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 516 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 517 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 518 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 519 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 520 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 521 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 522 523 // Should only need to replace one decl. 524 break; 525 } 526 } 527 528 S->AddDecl(D); 529 530 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 531 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 532 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 533 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 534 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 535 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 536 if (IDC == CurContext) { 537 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 538 continue; 539 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 540 break; 541 } 542 543 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 544 } else { 545 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 546 } 547} 548 549bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 550 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 551 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 552 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 553} 554 555Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 556 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 557 do { 558 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 559 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 560 return S; 561 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 562 563 return 0; 564} 565 566static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 567 DeclContext*, 568 ASTContext&); 569 570/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 571/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 572static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 573 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 574 bool ConsiderLinkage, 575 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 576 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 577 while (F.hasNext()) { 578 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 579 580 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 581 continue; 582 583 if (ConsiderLinkage && 584 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 585 continue; 586 587 F.erase(); 588 } 589 590 F.done(); 591} 592 593static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 594 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 595 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 596 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 597} 598 599/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 600static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 601 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 602 while (F.hasNext()) 603 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 604 F.erase(); 605 606 F.done(); 607} 608 609/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 610/// @code 611/// class S { 612/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 613/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 614/// }; 615/// @endcode 616static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 617 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 618 // the decl here. 619 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 620 return false; 621 622 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 623 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 624 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 625 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 626 return false; 627} 628 629bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 630 assert(D); 631 632 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 633 return false; 634 635 // Ignore class templates. 636 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 637 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 638 return false; 639 640 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 641 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 642 return false; 643 644 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 645 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 646 return false; 647 } else { 648 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 649 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 650 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 651 return false; 652 } 653 654 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 655 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 656 return false; 657 658 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 659 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 660 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 661 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 662 return false; 663 664 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 665 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 666 return false; 667 668 } else { 669 return false; 670 } 671 672 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 673 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 674 return false; 675 676 return true; 677} 678 679void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 680 if (!D) 681 return; 682 683 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 684 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 685 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 686 return; // First should already be in the vector. 687 } 688 689 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 690 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 691 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 692 return; // First should already be in the vector. 693 } 694 695 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 696 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 697 } 698 699static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 700 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 701 return false; 702 703 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 704 return false; 705 706 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 707 return true; 708 709 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 710 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 711 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 712 return false; 713 714 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 715 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 716 717 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 718 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 719 720 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 721 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 722 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 723 return false; 724 } 725 726 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 727 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 728 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 729 return false; 730 731 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 732 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 733 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 734 return false; 735 736 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 737 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 738 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 739 // has no side effects. 740 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 741 return false; 742 } 743 } 744 745 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 746 } 747 748 return true; 749} 750 751/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 752/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 753void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 754 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 755 return; 756 757 unsigned DiagID; 758 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 759 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 760 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 761 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 762 else 763 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 764 765 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 766} 767 768static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 769 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 770 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 771 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 772 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 773 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 774} 775 776void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 777 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 778 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 779 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 780 781 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 782 I != E; ++I) { 783 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 784 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 785 786 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 787 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 788 789 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 790 791 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 792 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 793 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 794 795 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 796 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 797 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 798 799 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 800 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 801 } 802} 803 804/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 805/// 806/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 807/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 808/// to the fixed name. 809/// 810/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 811/// 812/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 813/// if there is no class with the given name. 814/// 815/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 816/// class could not be found. 817ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 818 SourceLocation IdLoc, 819 bool TypoCorrection) { 820 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 821 // creation from this context. 822 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 823 824 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 825 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 826 // find an Objective-C class name. 827 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 828 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 829 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 830 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 831 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 832 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 833 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 834 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 835 836 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 837 } 838 } 839 840 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 841} 842 843/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 844/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 845/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 846/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 847/// ill-formed in C++: 848/// @code 849/// struct S6 { 850/// enum { BAR } e; 851/// }; 852/// 853/// void test_S6() { 854/// struct S6 a; 855/// a.e = BAR; 856/// } 857/// @endcode 858/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 859/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 860/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 861/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 862/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 863/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 864/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 865/// contain non-field names. 866Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 867 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 868 (S->getEntity() && 869 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 870 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 871 S = S->getParent(); 872 return S; 873} 874 875/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 876/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 877/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 878/// built-in. 879NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 880 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 881 SourceLocation Loc) { 882 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 883 884 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 885 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 886 switch (Error) { 887 case ASTContext::GE_None: 888 // Okay 889 break; 890 891 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 892 if (ForRedeclaration) 893 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 894 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 895 return 0; 896 897 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 898 if (ForRedeclaration) 899 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 900 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 901 return 0; 902 } 903 904 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 905 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 906 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 907 << R; 908 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 909 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 910 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 911 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 912 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 913 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 914 } 915 916 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 917 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 918 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 919 SC_Extern, 920 SC_None, false, 921 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 922 New->setImplicit(); 923 924 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 925 // FunctionDecl. 926 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 927 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 928 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 929 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 930 SourceLocation(), 0, 931 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 932 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 933 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 934 } 935 936 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 937 938 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 939 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 940 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 941 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 942 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 943 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 944 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 945 CurContext = SavedContext; 946 return New; 947} 948 949/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 950/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 951/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 952/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 953/// 954void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 955 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 956 // merging checks. 957 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 958 959 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 960 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 961 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 962 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 963 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 964 default: break; 965 case 2: 966 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 967 break; 968 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 969 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 970 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 971 return; 972 case 5: 973 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 974 break; 975 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 976 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 977 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 978 return; 979 case 3: 980 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 981 break; 982 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 983 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 984 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 985 return; 986 case 8: 987 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 988 break; 989 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 990 return; 991 } 992 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 993 } 994 995 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 996 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 997 if (!Old) { 998 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 999 << New->getDeclName(); 1000 1001 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1002 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1003 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1004 1005 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1006 } 1007 1008 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1009 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1010 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1011 1012 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1013 QualType OldType; 1014 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1015 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1016 else 1017 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1018 1019 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1020 // with any extensions enabled. 1021 1022 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1023 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1024 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1025 int Kind = 0; 1026 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1027 Kind = 1; 1028 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1029 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1030 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1031 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1032 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1033 } 1034 1035 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1036 // declaration was a typedef. 1037 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 1038 // spellings don't match exactly. 1039 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1040 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1041 1042 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1043 return; 1044 1045 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1046 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1047 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1048 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1049 // to the type to which it already refers. 1050 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1054 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1055 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1056 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1057 // 1058 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1059 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1060 // 1061 // struct S { 1062 // typedef struct A { } A; 1063 // }; 1064 // 1065 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1066 // allow the above but disallow 1067 // 1068 // struct S { 1069 // typedef int I; 1070 // typedef int I; 1071 // }; 1072 // 1073 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1074 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1075 return; 1076 1077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1078 << New->getDeclName(); 1079 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1080 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1081 } 1082 1083 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1084 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1085 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1086 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1087 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1088 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1089 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1090 return; 1091 1092 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1093 << New->getDeclName(); 1094 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1095 return; 1096} 1097 1098/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1099/// attribute. 1100static bool 1101DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1102 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1103 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1104 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1105 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1106 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1107 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1108 return true; 1109 } 1110 1111 return false; 1112} 1113 1114/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1115static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1116 ASTContext &C) { 1117 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1118 return; 1119 1120 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1121 1122 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1123 // we process them. 1124 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1125 1126 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1127 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1128 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1129 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1130 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1131 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1132 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1133 foundAny = true; 1134 } 1135 } 1136 1137 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1138} 1139 1140/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1141/// to the new one. 1142static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1143 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1144 ASTContext &C) { 1145 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1146 return; 1147 1148 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1149 1150 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1151 // done before we process them. 1152 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1153 1154 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1155 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1156 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1157 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1158 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1159 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1160 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1161 foundAny = true; 1162 } 1163 } 1164 1165 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1166} 1167 1168namespace { 1169 1170/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1171/// C. 1172struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1173 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1174 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1175 QualType PromotedType; 1176}; 1177 1178} 1179 1180/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1181Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1182 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1183 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1184 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1185 1186 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1187 } 1188 1189 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1190 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1191 1192 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1193 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1194 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1195} 1196 1197/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1198/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1199/// GNU89 mode. 1200static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1201 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1202 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1203 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1204 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1205} 1206 1207/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1208/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1209/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1210/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1211/// 1212/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1213/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1214/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1215/// merged with. 1216/// 1217/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1218bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1219 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1220 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1221 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1222 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1223 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1224 else 1225 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1226 if (!Old) { 1227 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1229 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1230 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1231 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1232 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1233 return true; 1234 } 1235 1236 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1237 << New->getDeclName(); 1238 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1239 return true; 1240 } 1241 1242 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1243 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1244 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1245 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1246 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1247 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1248 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1249 else 1250 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1251 1252 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1253 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1254 1255 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1256 // is an extern inline function. 1257 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1258 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1259 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1260 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1261 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1262 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1263 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1264 } else { 1265 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1266 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1267 return true; 1268 } 1269 } 1270 1271 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1272 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1273 // calling convention of the first. 1274 // 1275 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1276 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1277 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1278 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1279 // because it is the default calling convention. 1280 // 1281 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1282 // other tests to run. 1283 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1284 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1285 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1286 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1287 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1288 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1289 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1290 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1291 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1292 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1293 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1294 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1295 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1296 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1297 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1298 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1299 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1300 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1301 return true; 1302 } 1303 1304 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1305 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1306 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1307 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1308 } 1309 1310 // Merge regparm attribute. 1311 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1312 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1313 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1314 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1315 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1316 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1317 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1318 return true; 1319 } 1320 1321 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1322 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1323 } 1324 1325 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1326 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1327 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1328 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1329 } 1330 1331 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1332 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1333 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1334 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1335 // cannot be overloaded. 1336 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1337 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1338 QualType ResQT; 1339 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1340 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1341 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1342 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1343 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1344 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1345 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1346 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1347 else 1348 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1349 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1350 return true; 1351 } 1352 else 1353 NewQType = ResQT; 1354 } 1355 1356 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1357 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1358 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1359 // Preserve triviality. 1360 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1361 1362 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1363 1364 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1365 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1366 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1367 // is a static member function declaration. 1368 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1369 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1370 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1371 return true; 1372 } 1373 1374 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1375 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1376 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1377 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1378 unsigned NewDiag; 1379 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1380 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1381 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1382 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1383 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1384 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1385 else 1386 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1387 1388 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1389 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1390 1391 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1392 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1393 // 1394 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1395 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1396 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1397 if (isFriend) { 1398 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1399 } else { 1400 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1401 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1402 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1403 return true; 1404 } 1405 } 1406 } 1407 1408 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1409 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1410 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1411 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1412 1413 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1414 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1415 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1416 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1417 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1418 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1419 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1420 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1421 } 1422 1423 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1424 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1425 1426 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1427 } 1428 1429 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1430 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1431 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1432 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1433 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1434 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1435 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1436 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1437 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1438 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1439 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1440 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1441 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1442 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1443 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1444 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1445 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1446 New->setType(NewQType); 1447 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1448 1449 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1450 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1451 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1452 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1453 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1454 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1455 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1456 SourceLocation(), 1457 SourceLocation(), 0, 1458 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1459 SC_None, SC_None, 1460 0); 1461 Param->setImplicit(); 1462 Params.push_back(Param); 1463 } 1464 1465 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1466 } 1467 1468 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1469 } 1470 1471 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1472 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1473 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1474 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1475 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1476 // the prototype. 1477 // 1478 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1479 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1480 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1481 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1482 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1483 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1484 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1485 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1486 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1487 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1488 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1489 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1490 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1491 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1492 1493 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1494 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1495 NewProto->getResultType()); 1496 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1497 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1498 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1499 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1500 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1501 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1502 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1503 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1504 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1505 NewParm->getType(), 1506 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1507 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1508 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1509 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1510 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1511 } else 1512 LooseCompatible = false; 1513 } 1514 1515 if (LooseCompatible) { 1516 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1517 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1518 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1519 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1520 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1521 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1522 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1523 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1524 } 1525 1526 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1527 ArgTypes.size(), 1528 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1529 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1530 } 1531 1532 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1533 } 1534 1535 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1536 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1537 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1538 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1539 // signature. 1540 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1541 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1542 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1543 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1544 // library built-in. 1545 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1546 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1547 << Old << Old->getType(); 1548 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1549 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1550 return false; 1551 } 1552 1553 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1554 } 1555 1556 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1557 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1558 return true; 1559} 1560 1561/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1562/// known to be compatible. 1563/// 1564/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1565/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1566/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1567/// redeclaration of Old. 1568/// 1569/// \returns false 1570bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1571 // Merge the attributes 1572 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1573 1574 // Merge the storage class. 1575 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1576 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1577 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1578 1579 // Merge "pure" flag. 1580 if (Old->isPure()) 1581 New->setPure(); 1582 1583 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1584 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1585 New->setDeleted(); 1586 1587 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1588 // declarations. 1589 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1590 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1591 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1592 Context); 1593 1594 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1595 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1596 1597 return false; 1598} 1599 1600void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1601 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1602 // Merge the attributes. 1603 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1604 1605 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1606 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1607 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1608 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1609 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1610} 1611 1612/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1613/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1614/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1615/// 1616/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1617/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1618/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1619/// 1620void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1621 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1622 return; 1623 1624 QualType MergedT; 1625 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1626 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1627 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1628 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1629 return; 1630 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1631 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1632 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1633 } 1634 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1635 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1636 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1637 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1638 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1639 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1640 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1641 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1642 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1643 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1644 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1645 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1646 MergedT = New->getType(); 1647 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1648 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1649 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1650 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1651 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1652 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1653 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1654 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1655 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1656 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1657 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1658 Old->getType()); 1659 } 1660 } else { 1661 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1662 } 1663 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1664 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1665 << New->getDeclName(); 1666 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1667 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1668 } 1669 New->setType(MergedT); 1670} 1671 1672/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1673/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1674/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1675/// 1676/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1677/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1678/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1679/// 1680void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1681 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1682 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1683 return; 1684 1685 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1686 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1687 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1688 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1689 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1690 << New->getDeclName(); 1691 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1692 diag::note_previous_definition); 1693 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1694 } 1695 1696 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1697 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1698 // 1699 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1700 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1701 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1702 << New->getIdentifier(); 1703 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1704 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1705 } 1706 1707 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1708 1709 // Merge the types. 1710 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 1711 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1712 return; 1713 1714 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1715 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1716 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1717 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1718 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1719 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1720 } 1721 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1722 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1723 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1724 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1725 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1726 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1727 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1728 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1729 // identifier has external linkage. 1730 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1731 /* Okay */; 1732 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1733 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1734 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1735 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1736 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1737 } 1738 1739 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 1740 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1741 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 1742 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 1743 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1744 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1745 } 1746 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 1747 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 1748 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 1749 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1750 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1751 } 1752 1753 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1754 1755 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1756 // need to check for mismatches. 1757 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1758 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1759 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1760 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1761 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1762 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1763 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1764 } 1765 1766 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1767 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1768 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1769 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1770 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1771 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1772 } 1773 1774 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1775 const VarDecl *Def; 1776 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1777 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1778 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1779 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1780 << New->getDeclName(); 1781 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1782 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1783 return; 1784 } 1785 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1786 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1787 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1788 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1789 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1790 // specified at the prior declaration. 1791 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1792 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1793 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1794 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1795 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1796 1797 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1798 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1799 1800 // Inherit access appropriately. 1801 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1802} 1803 1804/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1805/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1806Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1807 DeclSpec &DS) { 1808 Decl *TagD = 0; 1809 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1810 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1811 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1812 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1813 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1814 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1815 1816 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1817 return 0; 1818 1819 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1820 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1821 // it's a Type. 1822 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1823 } 1824 1825 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1826 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1827 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1828 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1829 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1830 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1831 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1832 } 1833 1834 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1835 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1836 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1837 if (TagD && !Tag) 1838 return 0; 1839 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1840 } 1841 1842 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 1843 // declarators. 1844 bool emittedWarning = false; 1845 1846 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1847 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 1848 1849 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1850 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1851 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1852 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1853 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1854 1855 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1856 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1857 emittedWarning = true; 1858 } 1859 } 1860 1861 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 1862 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1863 CurContext->isRecord() && 1864 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 1865 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 1866 // struct STRUCT; 1867 // and 1868 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 1869 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 1870 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 1871 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 1872 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 1873 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 1874 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1875 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 1876 } 1877 } 1878 1879 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1880 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1881 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1882 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1883 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 1884 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1885 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1886 emittedWarning = true; 1887 } 1888 1889 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 1890 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 1891 1892 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 1893 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1894 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1895 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1896 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1897 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1898 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1899 return Tag; 1900 } 1901 1902 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1903 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1904 emittedWarning = true; 1905 } 1906 1907 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 1908 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 1909 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 1910 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 1911 return TagD; 1912 1913 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 1914 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 1915 // useless. 1916 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 1917 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 1918 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 1919 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 1920 1921 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 1922 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 1923 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1924 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 1925 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 1926 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 1927 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 1928 // Restrict is covered above. 1929 } 1930 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 1931 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 1932 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 1933 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 1934 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 1935 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 1936 1937 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1938 1939 return TagD; 1940} 1941 1942/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1943/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1944StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1945 StmtResult R; 1946 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1947 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1948 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1949 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1950 do 1951 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1952 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1953 } 1954 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1955 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1956 } 1957 } 1958 return R; 1959} 1960 1961/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1962/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1963/// 1964/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1965static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1966 Scope *S, 1967 DeclContext *Owner, 1968 DeclarationName Name, 1969 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1970 unsigned diagnostic) { 1971 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1972 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1973 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1974 1975 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1976 return false; 1977 1978 // Pick a representative declaration. 1979 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1980 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1981 1982 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1983 return false; 1984 1985 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1986 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1987 1988 return true; 1989} 1990 1991/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1992/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1993/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1994/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1995/// struct, e.g., 1996/// 1997/// @code 1998/// union { 1999/// int i; 2000/// float f; 2001/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2002/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2003/// @endcode 2004/// 2005/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2006/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2007static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2008 DeclContext *Owner, 2009 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2010 AccessSpecifier AS, 2011 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2012 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2013 unsigned diagKind 2014 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2015 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2016 2017 bool Invalid = false; 2018 2019 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2020 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2021 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2022 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2023 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2024 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2025 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2026 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2027 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2028 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2029 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2030 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2031 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2032 Invalid = true; 2033 } else { 2034 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2035 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2036 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2037 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2038 // anonymous union is declared. 2039 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2040 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2041 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2042 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2043 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2044 else 2045 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2046 2047 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2048 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2049 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2050 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2051 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2052 2053 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2054 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2055 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2056 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2057 2058 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2059 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2060 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2061 2062 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2063 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2064 2065 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2066 } 2067 } 2068 } 2069 2070 return Invalid; 2071} 2072 2073/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2074/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2075/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2076static StorageClass 2077StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2078 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2079 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2080 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2081 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2082 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2083 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2084 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2085 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2086 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2087 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2088 } 2089 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2090} 2091 2092/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2093/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2094/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2095static StorageClass 2096StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2097 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2098 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2099 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2100 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2101 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2102 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2103 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2104 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2105 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2106 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2107 } 2108 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2109} 2110 2111/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2112/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2113/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2114/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2115Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2116 AccessSpecifier AS, 2117 RecordDecl *Record) { 2118 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2119 2120 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2121 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2122 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2123 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2124 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2125 2126 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2127 // structs/unions. 2128 bool Invalid = false; 2129 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2130 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2131 unsigned DiagID; 2132 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2133 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2134 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2135 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2136 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2137 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2138 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2139 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2140 Invalid = true; 2141 2142 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2143 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2144 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2145 } 2146 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2147 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2148 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2149 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2150 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2151 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2152 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2153 Invalid = true; 2154 2155 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2156 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2157 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2158 } 2159 2160 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2161 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2162 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2163 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2164 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2165 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2166 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2167 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2168 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2169 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2170 // members (clause 11). 2171 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2172 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2173 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2174 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2175 Invalid = true; 2176 } 2177 2178 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2179 Invalid = true; 2180 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2181 // Any implicit members are fine. 2182 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2183 // This is a type that showed up in an 2184 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2185 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2186 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2187 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2188 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2189 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2190 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2191 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2192 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2193 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2194 else { 2195 // This is a nested type declaration. 2196 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2197 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2198 Invalid = true; 2199 } 2200 } 2201 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2202 // Any access specifier is fine. 2203 } else { 2204 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2205 // member. Complain about it. 2206 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2207 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2208 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2209 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2210 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2211 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2212 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2213 2214 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2215 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2216 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2217 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2218 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2219 else { 2220 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2221 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2222 Invalid = true; 2223 } 2224 } 2225 } 2226 } 2227 2228 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2229 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2230 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2231 Invalid = true; 2232 } 2233 2234 // Mock up a declarator. 2235 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2236 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2237 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2238 2239 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2240 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2241 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2242 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2243 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2244 Record->getLocation(), 2245 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2246 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2247 TInfo, 2248 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2249 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2250 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2251 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2252 } else { 2253 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2254 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2255 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2256 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2257 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2258 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2259 // an error here 2260 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2261 Invalid = true; 2262 SC = SC_None; 2263 } 2264 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2265 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2266 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2267 2268 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2269 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2270 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2271 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2272 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2273 } 2274 Anon->setImplicit(); 2275 2276 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2277 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2278 // its members. 2279 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2280 2281 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2282 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2283 // purposes. 2284 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2285 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2286 2287 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2288 Chain, false)) 2289 Invalid = true; 2290 2291 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2292 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2293 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2294 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2295 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2296 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2297 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2298 2299 if (Invalid) 2300 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2301 2302 return Anon; 2303} 2304 2305/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2306/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2307/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2308/// Example: 2309/// 2310/// struct A { int a; }; 2311/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2312/// 2313/// void foo() { 2314/// B var; 2315/// var.a = 3; 2316/// } 2317/// 2318Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2319 RecordDecl *Record) { 2320 2321 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2322 if (!Record) 2323 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2324 2325 // Mock up a declarator. 2326 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2327 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2328 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2329 2330 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2331 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2332 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2333 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2334 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2335 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2336 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2337 TInfo, 2338 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2339 Anon->setImplicit(); 2340 2341 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2342 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2343 2344 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2345 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2346 // purposes. 2347 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2348 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2349 2350 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2351 Record->getDefinition(), 2352 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2353 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2354 2355 return Anon; 2356} 2357 2358/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2359/// given Declarator. 2360DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2361 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2362} 2363 2364/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2365DeclarationNameInfo 2366Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2367 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2368 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2369 2370 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2371 2372 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2373 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2374 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2375 return NameInfo; 2376 2377 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2378 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2379 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2380 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2381 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2382 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2383 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2384 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2385 return NameInfo; 2386 2387 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2388 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2389 Name.Identifier)); 2390 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2391 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2392 return NameInfo; 2393 2394 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2395 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2396 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2397 if (Ty.isNull()) 2398 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2399 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2400 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2401 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2402 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2403 return NameInfo; 2404 } 2405 2406 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2407 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2408 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2409 if (Ty.isNull()) 2410 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2411 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2412 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2413 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2414 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2415 return NameInfo; 2416 } 2417 2418 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2419 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2420 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2421 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2422 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2423 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2424 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2425 2426 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2427 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2428 2429 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2430 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2431 // was qualified. 2432 2433 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2434 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2435 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2436 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2437 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2438 return NameInfo; 2439 } 2440 2441 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2442 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2443 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2444 if (Ty.isNull()) 2445 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2446 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2447 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2448 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2449 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2450 return NameInfo; 2451 } 2452 2453 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2454 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2455 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2456 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2457 } 2458 2459 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2460 2461 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2462 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2463} 2464 2465/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2466/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2467/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2468/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2469/// the class or namespace. 2470static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2471 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2472 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2473 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2474 return false; 2475 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2476 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2477 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2478 2479 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2480 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2481 return false; 2482 } 2483 2484 return true; 2485} 2486 2487/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2488/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2489/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2490/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2491/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2492static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2493 DeclarationName Name) { 2494 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2495 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2496 // - types which will become injected class names 2497 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2498 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2499 // few cases here. 2500 2501 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2502 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2503 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2504 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2505 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2506 // Grab the type from the parser. 2507 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2508 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2509 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2510 2511 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2512 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2513 // attached already. 2514 if (!TSI) 2515 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2516 2517 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2518 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2519 if (!TSI) return true; 2520 2521 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2522 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2523 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2524 break; 2525 } 2526 2527 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2528 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2529 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2530 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2531 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2532 break; 2533 } 2534 2535 default: 2536 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2537 break; 2538 } 2539 2540 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2541 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2542 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2543 2544 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2545 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2546 // pointer. 2547 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2548 continue; 2549 2550 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2551 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2552 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2553 return true; 2554 } 2555 2556 return false; 2557} 2558 2559Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2560 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2561} 2562 2563/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2564/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2565/// name different from T: 2566/// - every static data member of class T; 2567/// - every member function of class T 2568/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2569/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2570bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2571 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2572 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2573 2574 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2575 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2576 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2577 return true; 2578 } 2579 2580 return false; 2581} 2582 2583Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2584 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2585 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2586 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2587 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2588 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2589 2590 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2591 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2592 if (!Name) { 2593 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2594 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2595 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2596 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2597 return 0; 2598 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2599 return 0; 2600 2601 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2602 // we find one that is. 2603 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2604 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2605 S = S->getParent(); 2606 2607 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2608 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2609 D.setInvalidType(); 2610 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2611 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2612 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2613 return 0; 2614 2615 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2616 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2617 if (!DC) { 2618 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2619 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2620 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2621 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2622 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2623 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2624 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2625 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2626 return 0; 2627 } 2628 2629 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2630 2631 if (!IsDependentContext && 2632 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2633 return 0; 2634 2635 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2636 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2637 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2638 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2639 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2640 D.setInvalidType(); 2641 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2642 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2643 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2644 // definition: 2645 // 2646 // class X { 2647 // void X::f(); 2648 // }; 2649 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2650 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2651 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2652 else 2653 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2654 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2655 2656 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2657 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2658 } 2659 } 2660 2661 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2662 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2663 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2664 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2665 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2666 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2667 D.setInvalidType(); 2668 } 2669 } 2670 2671 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 2672 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2673 // Just return early; it's safer. 2674 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2675 return 0; 2676 2677 NamedDecl *New; 2678 2679 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2680 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2681 2682 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2683 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2684 D.setInvalidType(); 2685 2686 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2687 ForRedeclaration); 2688 2689 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2690 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2691 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2692 2693 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2694 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2695 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2696 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2697 /* Do nothing*/; 2698 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2699 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2700 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2701 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2702 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2703 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2704 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2705 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2706 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2707 2708 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2709 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2710 2711 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2712 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2713 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2714 2715 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2716 // out-of-line members. 2717 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2718 2719 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2720 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2721 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2722 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2723 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2724 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2725 // declarations namespace. 2726 // 2727 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2728 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2729 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2730 // 2731 // class X { 2732 // void f(); 2733 // void f(float); 2734 // }; 2735 // 2736 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2737 // 2738 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2739 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2740 // matches. 2741 2742 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2743 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2744 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2745 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2746 } else { 2747 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2748 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2749 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2750 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2751 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2752 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2753 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2754 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2755 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2756 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2757 else 2758 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2759 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2760 D.setInvalidType(); 2761 } 2762 } 2763 } 2764 2765 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2766 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2767 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2768 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2769 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2770 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2771 D.setInvalidType(); 2772 2773 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2774 Previous.clear(); 2775 } 2776 2777 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2778 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2779 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2780 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2781 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2782 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2783 Previous.clear(); 2784 2785 bool Redeclaration = false; 2786 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2787 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2788 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2789 return 0; 2790 } 2791 2792 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2793 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2794 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2795 move(TemplateParamLists), 2796 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2797 } else { 2798 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2799 move(TemplateParamLists), 2800 Redeclaration); 2801 } 2802 2803 if (New == 0) 2804 return 0; 2805 2806 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2807 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2808 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2809 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2810 2811 return New; 2812} 2813 2814/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2815/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2816/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2817static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2818 ASTContext &Context, 2819 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2820 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2821 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2822 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2823 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2824 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2825 SizeIsNegative = false; 2826 Oversized = 0; 2827 2828 if (T->isDependentType()) 2829 return QualType(); 2830 2831 QualifierCollector Qs; 2832 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2833 2834 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2835 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2836 QualType FixedType = 2837 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2838 Oversized); 2839 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2840 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2841 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2842 } 2843 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 2844 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 2845 QualType FixedType = 2846 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2847 Oversized); 2848 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2849 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 2850 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2851 } 2852 2853 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2854 if (!VLATy) 2855 return QualType(); 2856 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2857 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2858 return QualType(); 2859 2860 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2861 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2862 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2863 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2864 return QualType(); 2865 2866 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2867 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2868 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2869 SizeIsNegative = true; 2870 return QualType(); 2871 } 2872 2873 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2874 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2875 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2876 Res); 2877 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2878 Oversized = Res; 2879 return QualType(); 2880 } 2881 2882 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2883 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2884} 2885 2886/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2887/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2888void 2889Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2890 const LookupResult &Previous, 2891 Scope *S) { 2892 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2893 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2894 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2895 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2896 2897 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2898 return; 2899 2900 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2901 2902 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2903 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2904 // declaration. 2905 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2906 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2907 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2908 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2909 S = S->getParent(); 2910 2911 if (S) 2912 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2913 } 2914} 2915 2916/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2917/// does not identify a function. 2918void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2919 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2920 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2921 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2922 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2923 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2924 2925 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2926 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2927 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2928 2929 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2930 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2931 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2932} 2933 2934NamedDecl* 2935Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2936 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2937 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2938 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2939 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2940 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2941 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2942 D.setInvalidType(); 2943 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2944 DC = CurContext; 2945 Previous.clear(); 2946 } 2947 2948 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2949 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2950 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2951 } 2952 2953 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2954 2955 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2956 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2957 2958 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2959 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2960 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2961 return 0; 2962 } 2963 2964 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2965 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2966 2967 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2968 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2969 2970 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 2971} 2972 2973/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 2974/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 2975/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 2976NamedDecl* 2977Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 2978 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2979 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2980 // then it shall have block scope. 2981 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2982 // that redeclarations will match. 2983 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2984 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2985 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2986 2987 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2988 bool SizeIsNegative; 2989 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2990 QualType FixedTy = 2991 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2992 Oversized); 2993 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2994 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2995 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2996 } else { 2997 if (SizeIsNegative) 2998 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2999 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3000 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3001 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3002 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3003 else 3004 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3005 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3006 } 3007 } 3008 } 3009 3010 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3011 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3012 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3013 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3014 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3015 Redeclaration = true; 3016 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3017 } 3018 3019 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3020 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3021 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3022 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3023 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3024 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3025 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3026 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3027 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3028 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3029 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3030 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3031 } 3032 3033 return NewTD; 3034} 3035 3036/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3037/// previous declaration. 3038/// 3039/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3040/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3041/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3042/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3043/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3044/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3045/// 3046/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3047/// lookup 3048/// 3049/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3050/// declared. 3051/// 3052/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3053/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3054static bool 3055isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3056 ASTContext &Context) { 3057 if (!PrevDecl) 3058 return false; 3059 3060 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3061 return false; 3062 3063 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3064 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3065 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3066 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3067 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3068 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3069 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3070 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3071 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3072 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3073 return false; 3074 3075 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3076 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3077 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3078 return false; 3079 3080 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3081 // previous declarations. 3082 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3083 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3084 3085 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3086 // isn't the same function. 3087 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3088 return false; 3089 } 3090 3091 return true; 3092} 3093 3094static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3095 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3096 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3097 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3098} 3099 3100NamedDecl* 3101Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3102 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3103 LookupResult &Previous, 3104 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3105 bool &Redeclaration) { 3106 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3107 3108 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3109 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3110 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3111 3112 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3113 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3114 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3115 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3116 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3117 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3118 // an error here 3119 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3120 D.setInvalidType(); 3121 SC = SC_None; 3122 } 3123 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3124 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3125 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3126 3127 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3128 if (!II) { 3129 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3130 << Name.getAsString(); 3131 return 0; 3132 } 3133 3134 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3135 3136 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3137 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3138 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3139 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3140 3141 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3142 // is a GNU extension. 3143 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3144 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3145 else 3146 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3147 D.setInvalidType(); 3148 } 3149 } 3150 3151 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3152 VarDecl *NewVD; 3153 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3154 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3155 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3156 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3157 3158 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3159 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3160 } else { 3161 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3162 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3163 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3164 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3165 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3166 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3167 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3168 SC = SC_Static; 3169 } 3170 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3171 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3172 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3173 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3174 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3175 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3176 3177 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3178 // the program is ill-formed. 3179 // 3180 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3181 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3182 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3183 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3184 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3185 } 3186 } 3187 3188 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3189 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3190 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3191 bool Invalid = false; 3192 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3193 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3194 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3195 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3196 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3197 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3198 /*never a friend*/ false, 3199 isExplicitSpecialization, 3200 Invalid)) { 3201 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3202 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3203 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3204 << II 3205 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3206 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3207 return 0; 3208 } else { 3209 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3210 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3211 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3212 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3213 << II 3214 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3215 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3216 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 3217 } 3218 } 3219 3220 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3221 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3222 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3223 3224 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3225 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3226 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3227 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3228 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3229 3230 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3231 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3232 3233 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3234 3235 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3236 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3237 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3238 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3239 } 3240 } 3241 3242 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3243 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3244 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3245 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3246 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3247 else 3248 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3249 } 3250 3251 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3252 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3253 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3254 3255 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3256 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3257 3258 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3259 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3260 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3261 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3262 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3263 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3264 switch (SC) { 3265 case SC_None: 3266 case SC_Auto: 3267 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3268 break; 3269 case SC_Register: 3270 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3271 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3272 break; 3273 case SC_Static: 3274 case SC_Extern: 3275 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3276 break; 3277 } 3278 } 3279 3280 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3281 Context, Label)); 3282 } 3283 3284 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3285 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3286 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3287 3288 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3289 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3290 // declaration has linkage). 3291 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3292 isExplicitSpecialization); 3293 3294 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3295 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3296 else { 3297 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3298 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3299 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3300 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3301 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3302 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3303 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3304 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3305 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3306 Previous.clear(); 3307 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3308 } 3309 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3310 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3311 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3312 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3313 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3314 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3315 } 3316 3317 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3318 3319 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3320 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3321 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3322 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3323 } 3324 3325 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3326 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3327 // here. 3328 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3329 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3330 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3331 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3332 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3333 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3334 } 3335 } 3336 3337 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3338 // such variables. 3339 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3340 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3341 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3342 3343 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3344 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3345 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3346 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3347 3348 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3349 3350 return NewVD; 3351} 3352 3353/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3354/// -Wshadow. 3355/// 3356/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3357/// scope. 3358/// 3359/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3360/// \param R the lookup of the name 3361/// 3362void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3363 // Return if warning is ignored. 3364 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3365 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3366 return; 3367 3368 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3369 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3370 if (NewDC->isFileContext()) 3371 return; 3372 3373 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3374 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3375 return; 3376 3377 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3378 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3379 return; 3380 3381 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3382 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3383 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3384 if (MD->isStatic()) 3385 return; 3386 3387 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3388 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3389 // Don't warn for this case: 3390 // 3391 // @code 3392 // extern int bob; 3393 // void f() { 3394 // extern int bob; 3395 // } 3396 // @endcode 3397 if (D->isExternC()) 3398 return; 3399 3400 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3401 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3402 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3403 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3404 I != E; ++I) 3405 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3406 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3407 break; 3408 } 3409 } 3410 3411 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3412 3413 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3414 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3415 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3416 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3417 return; 3418 3419 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3420 // static data members from base classes? 3421 3422 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3423 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3424 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3425 } 3426 3427 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3428 unsigned Kind; 3429 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3430 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3431 Kind = 3; // field 3432 else 3433 Kind = 2; // static data member 3434 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3435 Kind = 1; // global 3436 else 3437 Kind = 0; // local 3438 3439 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3440 3441 // Emit warning and note. 3442 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3443 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3444} 3445 3446/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3447void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3448 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3449 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3450 return; 3451 3452 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3453 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3454 LookupName(R, S); 3455 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3456} 3457 3458/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3459/// declaration. 3460/// 3461/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3462/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3463/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3464/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3465/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3466/// 3467/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3468void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3469 LookupResult &Previous, 3470 bool &Redeclaration) { 3471 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3472 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3473 return; 3474 3475 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3476 3477 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3478 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3479 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3480 } 3481 3482 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3483 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3484 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3485 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3486 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3487 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3488 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3489 } 3490 3491 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3492 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3493 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3494 3495 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3496 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3497 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3498 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3499 3500 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3501 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3502 bool SizeIsNegative; 3503 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3504 QualType FixedTy = 3505 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3506 Oversized); 3507 3508 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3509 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3510 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3511 // int a[10][n]; 3512 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3513 3514 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3515 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3516 << SizeRange; 3517 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3518 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3519 << SizeRange; 3520 else 3521 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3522 << SizeRange; 3523 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3524 } 3525 3526 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3527 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3528 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3529 else 3530 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3531 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3532 } 3533 3534 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3535 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3536 } 3537 3538 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3539 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3540 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3541 // declaration with the same name. 3542 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3543 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3544 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3545 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3546 } 3547 3548 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3549 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3550 << T; 3551 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3552 } 3553 3554 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3555 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3556 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3557 } 3558 3559 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3560 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3561 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3562 } 3563 3564 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3565 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3566 QualType Pointee; 3567 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3568 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3569 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3570 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3571 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3572 PtrOrRef = 1; 3573 } 3574 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3575 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3576 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3577 << PtrOrRef; 3578 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3579 } 3580 3581 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3582 Redeclaration = true; 3583 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3584 } 3585} 3586 3587/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3588struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3589 Sema *S; 3590 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3591}; 3592 3593/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3594/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3595/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3596static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3597 CXXBasePath &Path, 3598 void *UserData) { 3599 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3600 3601 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3602 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3603 3604 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3605 3606 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3607 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3608 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3609 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3610 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3611 3612 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3613 } 3614 3615 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3616 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3617 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3618 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3619 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3620 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3621 return true; 3622 } 3623 } 3624 3625 return false; 3626} 3627 3628/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3629/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3630bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3631 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3632 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3633 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3634 Data.Method = MD; 3635 Data.S = this; 3636 bool AddedAny = false; 3637 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3638 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3639 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3640 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3641 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3642 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3643 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 3644 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3645 AddedAny = true; 3646 } 3647 } 3648 } 3649 } 3650 3651 return AddedAny; 3652} 3653 3654static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3655 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3656 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3657 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3658 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3659 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3660 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3661 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3662 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3663 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3664 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3665 } 3666} 3667 3668NamedDecl* 3669Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3670 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3671 LookupResult &Previous, 3672 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3673 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3674 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3675 3676 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3677 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3678 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3679 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3680 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3681 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3682 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3683 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3684 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3685 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3686 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3687 D.setInvalidType(); 3688 break; 3689 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3690 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3691 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3692 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3693 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3694 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3695 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3696 // other than extern 3697 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3698 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3699 diag::err_static_block_func); 3700 SC = SC_None; 3701 } else 3702 SC = SC_Static; 3703 break; 3704 } 3705 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3706 } 3707 3708 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3709 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3710 3711 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3712 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3713 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3714 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3715 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3716 D.setInvalidType(); 3717 } 3718 3719 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3720 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3721 bool isFriend = false; 3722 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3723 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3724 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3725 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3726 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3727 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3728 3729 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3730 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3731 // prototype. This true when: 3732 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3733 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3734 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3735 bool HasPrototype = 3736 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 3737 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3738 3739 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3740 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3741 HasPrototype); 3742 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3743 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3744 3745 // Set the lexical context. 3746 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3747 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3748 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 3749 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3750 } else { 3751 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3752 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3753 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3754 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3755 3756 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3757 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3758 // the class has been completely parsed. 3759 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3760 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3761 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3762 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3763 AbstractReturnType)) 3764 D.setInvalidType(); 3765 3766 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3767 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3768 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3769 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3770 3771 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3772 3773 // Create the new declaration 3774 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3775 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3776 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3777 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3778 isExplicit, isInline, 3779 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3780 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3781 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3782 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3783 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3784 3785 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3786 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3787 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3788 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3789 isInline, 3790 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3791 isVirtualOkay = true; 3792 } else { 3793 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3794 3795 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3796 // code path. 3797 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3798 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 3799 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3800 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3801 D.setInvalidType(); 3802 } 3803 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3804 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3805 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3806 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3807 return 0; 3808 } 3809 3810 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3811 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3812 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3813 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3814 isInline, isExplicit, 3815 SourceLocation()); 3816 3817 isVirtualOkay = true; 3818 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3819 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3820 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3821 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3822 // constructor if it has no return type). 3823 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3824 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3825 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3826 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3827 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3828 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3829 return 0; 3830 } 3831 3832 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3833 3834 // [class.free]p1: 3835 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3836 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3837 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3838 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3839 isStatic = true; 3840 3841 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3842 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3843 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3844 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3845 isStatic = true; 3846 3847 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3848 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3849 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3850 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3851 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3852 SourceLocation()); 3853 3854 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3855 } else { 3856 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3857 // prototype. This true when: 3858 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3859 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3860 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3861 true/*HasPrototype*/); 3862 } 3863 3864 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 3865 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3866 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3867 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3868 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 3869 } 3870 3871 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3872 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3873 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3874 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3875 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3876 3877 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3878 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3879 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3880 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3881 3882 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3883 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3884 bool Invalid = false; 3885 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3886 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3887 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3888 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3889 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3890 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3891 isFriend, 3892 isExplicitSpecialization, 3893 Invalid)) { 3894 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3895 // This is a function template 3896 3897 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3898 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3899 return 0; 3900 3901 // A destructor cannot be a template. 3902 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3903 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 3904 return 0; 3905 } 3906 3907 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3908 NewFD->getLocation(), 3909 Name, TemplateParams, 3910 NewFD); 3911 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3912 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3913 3914 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 3915 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 3916 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3917 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 3918 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3919 } 3920 } else { 3921 // This is a function template specialization. 3922 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3923 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 3924 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3925 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3926 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3927 3928 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3929 if (isFriend) { 3930 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3931 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3932 3933 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3934 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3935 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3936 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3937 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3938 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3939 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3940 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3941 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3942 } 3943 3944 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3945 << Name << RemoveRange 3946 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3947 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3948 } 3949 } 3950 } 3951 else { 3952 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 3953 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 3954 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 3955 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 3956 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3957 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3958 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3959 } 3960 3961 if (Invalid) { 3962 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3963 if (FunctionTemplate) 3964 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3965 } 3966 3967 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3968 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3969 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3970 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3971 // 3972 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3973 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3974 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3975 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3976 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3977 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3978 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3979 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3980 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3981 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 3982 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 3983 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 3984 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3985 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 3986 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3987 } else { 3988 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3989 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3990 } 3991 } 3992 3993 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3994 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3995 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3996 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3997 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3998 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3999 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4000 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4001 } 4002 } 4003 4004 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4005 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4006 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4007 // and 12.3.2. 4008 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4009 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4010 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4011 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4012 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4013 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4014 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4015 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4016 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4017 // or conversion function. 4018 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4019 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4020 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4021 } 4022 } 4023 4024 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4025 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4026 isExplicitSpecialization || 4027 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4028 4029 if (isFriend) { 4030 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4031 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4032 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4033 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4034 } 4035 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4036 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4037 } 4038 4039 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4040 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4041 // definition. 4042 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4043 } 4044 4045 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4046 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4047 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4048 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4049 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4050 // the class. 4051 4052 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4053 // member function definition. 4054 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4055 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4056 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4057 } 4058 } 4059 4060 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4061 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4062 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4063 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4064 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4065 SE->getString())); 4066 } 4067 4068 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4069 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4070 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4071 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4072 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4073 4074 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4075 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4076 // single void argument. 4077 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4078 // already checks for that case. 4079 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4080 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4081 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4082 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4083 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4084 4085 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4086 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4087 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4088 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4089 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4090 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4091 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4092 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4093 << IsTypeAlias; 4094 } 4095 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4096 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4097 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4098 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4099 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4100 Params.push_back(Param); 4101 4102 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4103 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4104 } 4105 } 4106 4107 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4108 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4109 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4110 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4111 // 4112 // @code 4113 // typedef void fn(int); 4114 // fn f; 4115 // @endcode 4116 4117 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4118 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4119 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4120 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4121 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4122 Params.push_back(Param); 4123 } 4124 } else { 4125 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4126 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4127 } 4128 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4129 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4130 4131 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4132 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4133 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4134 4135 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4136 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4137 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 4138 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 4139 Redeclaration); 4140 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4141 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4142 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4143 } else { 4144 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4145 // argument list into our AST format. 4146 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4147 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4148 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4149 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4150 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4151 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4152 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4153 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4154 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4155 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4156 TemplateArgs); 4157 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4158 4159 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4160 4161 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4162 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4163 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4164 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4165 4166 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4167 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4168 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4169 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4170 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4171 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4172 // too few of them). 4173 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4174 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4175 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4176 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4177 "template<> "); 4178 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4179 } else { 4180 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4181 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4182 } 4183 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4184 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4185 // wrote something like: 4186 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4187 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4188 // friend void foo<>(int); 4189 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4190 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4191 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4192 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4193 } 4194 4195 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4196 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4197 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4198 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4199 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4200 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4201 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4202 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4203 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4204 Previous)) 4205 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4206 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4207 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4208 && !isFriend) { 4209 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4210 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4211 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4212 return 0; 4213 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4214 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4215 Previous)) 4216 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4217 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4218 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4219 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4220 } 4221 4222 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4223 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4224 Redeclaration); 4225 4226 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4227 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4228 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4229 4230 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4231 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4232 : NewFD); 4233 4234 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4235 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4236 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4237 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4238 4239 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4240 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4241 4242 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4243 } 4244 4245 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4246 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4247 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4248 4249 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4250 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4251 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4252 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4253 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4254 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4255 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4256 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4257 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4258 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4259 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4260 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4261 DC->isDependentContext()) 4262 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4263 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4264 } 4265 4266 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4267 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4268 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4269 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4270 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4271 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4272 4273 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4274 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4275 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4276 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4277 4278 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4279 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4280 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4281 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4282 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4283 // can actually do this check immediately. 4284 if (isFriend && 4285 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4286 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4287 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4288 // ignore these 4289 } else { 4290 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4291 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4292 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4293 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4294 // 4295 // class X { 4296 // void f() const; 4297 // }; 4298 // 4299 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4300 // 4301 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4302 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4303 // whether the parameter types are references). 4304 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4305 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4306 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4307 4308 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4309 } 4310 4311 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4312 // to something. 4313 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4314 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4315 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4316 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4317 } 4318 4319 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4320 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4321 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4322 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4323 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4324 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4325 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4326 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4327 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4328 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4329 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4330 } 4331 } 4332 4333 4334 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4335 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4336 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4337 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4338 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4339 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4340 4341 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4342 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4343 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4344 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4345 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4346 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4347 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4348 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4349 } 4350 } 4351 4352 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4353 4354 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4355 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4356 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4357 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4358 << NewFD; 4359 4360 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4361 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4362 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4363 EPI.Variadic = true; 4364 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4365 4366 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4367 NewFD->setType(R); 4368 } 4369 4370 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4371 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4372 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4373 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4374 4375 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4376 // map of such names. 4377 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4378 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4379 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4380 4381 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4382 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4383 4384 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4385 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4386 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4387 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4388 return FunctionTemplate; 4389 } 4390 } 4391 4392 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4393 4394 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4395 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4396 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4397 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4398 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4399 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4400 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4401 4402 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4403 } 4404 } 4405 4406 return NewFD; 4407} 4408 4409/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4410/// 4411/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4412/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4413/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4414/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4415/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4416/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4417/// via InstantiateDecl). 4418/// 4419/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4420/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4421/// 4422/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4423void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4424 LookupResult &Previous, 4425 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4426 bool &Redeclaration) { 4427 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4428 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4429 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4430 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4431 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4432 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4433 4434 return; 4435 } 4436 4437 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4438 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4439 // because all functions have linkage. 4440 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4441 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4442 } 4443 4444 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4445 CheckMain(NewFD); 4446 4447 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4448 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4449 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4450 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4451 // declaration with the same name. 4452 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4453 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4454 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4455 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4456 } 4457 4458 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4459 // the same name, if appropriate. 4460 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4461 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4462 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4463 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4464 // function to the scope. 4465 4466 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4467 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4468 Redeclaration = true; 4469 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4470 } else { 4471 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4472 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4473 case Ovl_Match: 4474 Redeclaration = true; 4475 break; 4476 4477 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4478 Redeclaration = true; 4479 break; 4480 4481 case Ovl_Overload: 4482 Redeclaration = false; 4483 break; 4484 } 4485 4486 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4487 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4488 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4489 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4490 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4491 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4492 if (Redeclaration) 4493 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4494 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4495 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4496 if (OverloadedDecl) 4497 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4498 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4499 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4500 Context)); 4501 } 4502 } 4503 4504 if (Redeclaration) { 4505 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4506 // merged. 4507 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4508 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4509 4510 Previous.clear(); 4511 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4512 4513 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4514 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4515 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4516 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4517 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4518 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4519 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4520 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4521 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4522 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4523 } 4524 4525 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4526 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4527 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4528 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4529 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4530 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4531 } 4532 } else { 4533 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4534 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4535 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4536 } 4537 } 4538 } 4539 4540 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4542 // C++-specific checks. 4543 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4544 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4545 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4546 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4547 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4548 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4549 4550 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4551 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4552 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4553 DeclarationName Name 4554 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4555 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4556 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4557 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4558 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4559 } 4560 } 4561 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4562 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4563 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4564 } 4565 4566 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4567 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4568 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4569 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4570 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4571 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4572 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4573 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4574 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4575 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4576 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4577 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4578 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4579 ++Overridden) { 4580 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4581 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4582 } 4583 } 4584 } 4585 } 4586 } 4587 4588 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4589 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4590 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4591 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4592 4593 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4594 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4595 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4596 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4597 4598 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4599 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4600 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4601 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4602 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4603 4604 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4605 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4606 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4607 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4608 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4609 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4610 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4611 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4612 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4613 } 4614 } 4615 } 4616} 4617 4618void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4619 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4620 // or static is ill-formed. 4621 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4622 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4623 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4624 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4625 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4626 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4627 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4628 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4629 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4630 4631 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4632 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4633 } 4634 4635 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4636 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4637 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4638 4639 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4640 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4641 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4642 } 4643 4644 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4645 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4646 4647 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4648 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4649 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4650 4651 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4652 4653 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4654 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4655 // getting shifty. 4656 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 4657 HasExtraParameters = false; 4658 4659 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4660 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4661 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4662 nparams = 3; 4663 } 4664 4665 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4666 // if we had some location information about types. 4667 4668 QualType CharPP = 4669 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4670 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4671 4672 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4673 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4674 4675 bool mismatch = true; 4676 4677 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4678 mismatch = false; 4679 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4680 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4681 // char const ** 4682 // char const * const * 4683 // char * const * 4684 4685 QualifierCollector qs; 4686 const PointerType* PT; 4687 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4688 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4689 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4690 qs.removeConst(); 4691 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4692 } 4693 } 4694 4695 if (mismatch) { 4696 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4697 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4698 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4699 } 4700 } 4701 4702 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4703 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4704 } 4705 4706 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4707 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4708 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4709 } 4710} 4711 4712bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4713 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4714 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4715 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4716 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4717 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4718 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4719 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4720 // rules there don't matter.) 4721 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4722 return false; 4723 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4724 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4725 return true; 4726} 4727 4728namespace { 4729 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 4730 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 4731 class SelfReferenceChecker 4732 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 4733 Sema &S; 4734 Decl *OrigDecl; 4735 4736 public: 4737 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 4738 4739 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 4740 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 4741 4742 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 4743 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 4744 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 4745 } 4746 4747 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 4748 CheckForSelfReference(E); 4749 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 4750 } 4751 4752 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 4753 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 4754 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4755 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 4756 if (!DRE) return; 4757 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 4758 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 4759 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 4760 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 4761 S.Diag(SubExpr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 4762 << Result.getLookupName() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 4763 << SubExpr->getSourceRange(); 4764 } 4765 }; 4766} 4767 4768/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4769/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4770/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4771void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 4772 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 4773 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4774 // the initializer. 4775 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 4776 return; 4777 4778 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 4779 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4780 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 4781 // by a dataflow analysis. 4782 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 4783 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 4784 } 4785 else { 4786 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 4787 } 4788 4789 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4790 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4791 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4792 // Thus this grotesque test. 4793 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4794 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4795 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4796 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4797 else { 4798 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4799 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4800 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4801 } 4802 return; 4803 } 4804 4805 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4806 if (!VDecl) { 4807 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4808 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4809 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4810 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4811 else 4812 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4813 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4814 return; 4815 } 4816 4817 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 4818 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 4819 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 4820 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 4821 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 4822 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 4823 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4824 if (!DeducedType) { 4825 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4826 return; 4827 } 4828 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 4829 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 4830 4831 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 4832 // the previously declared type. 4833 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 4834 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 4835 } 4836 4837 4838 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4839 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4840 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4841 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4842 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4843 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4844 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4845 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4846 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4847 return; 4848 } 4849 4850 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4851 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4852 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4853 AbstractVariableType)) 4854 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4855 4856 const VarDecl *Def; 4857 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4858 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4859 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4860 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4861 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4862 return; 4863 } 4864 4865 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4866 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4867 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4868 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4869 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4870 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4871 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4872 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4873 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4874 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4875 // 4876 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4877 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4878 // declaration with an initializer. 4879 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4880 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4881 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4882 return; 4883 } 4884 4885 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4886 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4887 4888 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 4889 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4890 return; 4891 } 4892 } 4893 4894 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4895 // initialization. 4896 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4897 4898 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4899 InitializationKind Kind 4900 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4901 Init->getLocStart(), 4902 Init->getLocEnd()) 4903 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4904 Init->getLocStart()); 4905 4906 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4907 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4908 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4909 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4910 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4911 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4912 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4913 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4914 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4915 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4916 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4917 &DclT); 4918 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4919 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4920 return; 4921 } 4922 4923 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4924 4925 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4926 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4927 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4928 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4929 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4930 } 4931 } 4932 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4933 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4934 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4935 // 4936 // struct S { 4937 // static const int value = 17; 4938 // }; 4939 4940 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4941 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4942 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4943 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4944 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4945 &DclT); 4946 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4947 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4948 return; 4949 } 4950 4951 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4952 } 4953 4954 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4955 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4956 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4957 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4958 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4959 4960 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4961 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4962 4963 // Require constness. 4964 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4965 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4966 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4967 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4968 4969 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4970 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4971 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4972 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4973 llvm::APSInt Value; 4974 SourceLocation Loc; 4975 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4976 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4977 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4978 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4979 } 4980 } 4981 4982 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4983 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4984 // implement fully. 4985 } else { 4986 bool Allowed = false; 4987 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4988 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4989 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4990 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4991 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4992 Allowed = true; 4993 } 4994 4995 if (!Allowed) { 4996 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4997 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4998 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4999 5000 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5001 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5002 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5003 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5004 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5005 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5006 } 5007 } 5008 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5009 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5010 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5011 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5012 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5013 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5014 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5015 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5016 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5017 &DclT); 5018 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5019 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5020 return; 5021 } 5022 5023 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5024 } 5025 5026 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5027 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5028 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5029 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5030 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5031 } 5032 } 5033 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5034 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5035 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5036 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5037 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5038 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5039 Init->setType(DclT); 5040 } 5041 5042 5043 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5044 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5045 // global/static definition. 5046 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5047 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5048 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5049 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5050 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5051 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5052 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5053 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5054 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5055 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5056 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5057 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5058 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5059 } 5060 } 5061 } 5062 5063 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5064 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5065 5066 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5067 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5068 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5069 5070 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5071} 5072 5073/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5074/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5075/// of sanity. 5076void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5077 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5078 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5079 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5080 5081 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5082 if (!VD) return; 5083 5084 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5085 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5086 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5087 return; 5088 } 5089 5090 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5091 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5092 5093 // Require a complete type. 5094 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5095 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5096 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5097 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5098 return; 5099 } 5100 5101 // Require an abstract type. 5102 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5103 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5104 AbstractVariableType)) { 5105 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5106 return; 5107 } 5108 5109 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5110 // though. 5111} 5112 5113void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5114 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5115 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5116 if (RealDecl == 0) 5117 return; 5118 5119 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5120 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5121 5122 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5123 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5124 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5125 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5126 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5127 return; 5128 } 5129 5130 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5131 case VarDecl::Definition: 5132 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5133 break; 5134 5135 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5136 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5137 // a declaration. 5138 // 5139 // Fall through 5140 5141 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5142 // It's only a declaration. 5143 5144 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5145 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5146 // object shall be complete. 5147 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5148 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5149 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5150 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5151 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5152 5153 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5154 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5155 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5156 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5157 AbstractVariableType)) 5158 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5159 return; 5160 5161 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5162 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5163 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5164 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5165 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5166 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5167 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5168 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5169 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5170 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5171 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5172 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5173 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5174 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5175 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5176 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5177 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5178 // NOTE: code such as the following 5179 // static struct s; 5180 // struct s { int a; }; 5181 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5182 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5183 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5184 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5185 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5186 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5187 } 5188 } 5189 5190 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5191 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5192 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5193 return; 5194 } 5195 5196 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5197 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5198 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5199 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5200 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5201 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5202 return; 5203 } 5204 5205 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5206 // definitions with reference type. 5207 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5208 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5209 << Var->getDeclName() 5210 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5211 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5212 return; 5213 } 5214 5215 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5216 // variable with dependent type. 5217 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5218 return; 5219 5220 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5221 return; 5222 5223 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5224 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5225 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5226 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5227 return; 5228 } 5229 5230 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5231 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5232 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5233 AbstractVariableType)) { 5234 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5235 return; 5236 } 5237 5238 const RecordType *Record 5239 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 5240 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5241 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 5242 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5243 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5244 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5245 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5246 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5247 // type shall have a user-declared default 5248 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5249 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5250 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5251 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5252 // program is ill-formed. 5253 } else { 5254 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5255 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5256 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5257 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 5258 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5259 5260 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5261 InitializationKind Kind 5262 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5263 5264 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5265 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5266 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5267 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5268 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5269 else if (Init.get()) 5270 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5271 } 5272 5273 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5274 } 5275} 5276 5277void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5278 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5279 if (!VD) { 5280 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5281 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5282 return; 5283 } 5284 5285 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5286 5287 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5288 int Error = -1; 5289 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5290 case SC_None: 5291 break; 5292 case SC_Extern: 5293 Error = 0; 5294 break; 5295 case SC_Static: 5296 Error = 1; 5297 break; 5298 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5299 Error = 2; 5300 break; 5301 case SC_Auto: 5302 Error = 3; 5303 break; 5304 case SC_Register: 5305 Error = 4; 5306 break; 5307 } 5308 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5309 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5310 // Error = 5; 5311 if (Error != -1) { 5312 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5313 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5314 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5315 } 5316} 5317 5318void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5319 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5320 5321 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5322 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5323 5324 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5325 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5326 5327 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5328 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5329 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5330 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5331 5332 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5333 // constructing this copy. 5334 QualType type = var->getType(); 5335 5336 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5337 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5338 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5339 ExprResult result = 5340 PerformCopyInitialization( 5341 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5342 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5343 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5344 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5345 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5346 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5347 } 5348 } 5349 } 5350 5351 // Check for global constructors. 5352 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5353 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5354 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5355 var->getInit() && 5356 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5357 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5358 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5359 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5360 5361 // Require the destructor. 5362 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5363 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5364} 5365 5366/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5367/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5368void 5369Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5370 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5371 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5372} 5373 5374Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5375Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5376 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5377 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5378 5379 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5380 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5381 5382 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5383 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5384 Decls.push_back(D); 5385 5386 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5387 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5388} 5389 5390/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5391/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5392Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5393Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5394 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5395 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5396 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5397 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5398 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5399 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5400 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5401 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5402 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5403 QualType Deduced; 5404 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5405 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5406 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5407 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5408 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5409 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5410 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5411 break; 5412 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5413 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5414 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5415 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5416 Deduced = U; 5417 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5418 DeducedDecl = D; 5419 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5420 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5421 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5422 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5423 << U << D->getDeclName() 5424 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5425 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5426 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5427 break; 5428 } 5429 } 5430 } 5431 } 5432 } 5433 5434 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5435} 5436 5437 5438/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5439/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5440Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5441 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5442 5443 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5444 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5445 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5446 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5447 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5448 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5449 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5450 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5451 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5452 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5453 } 5454 5455 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5456 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5457 5458 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5459 5460 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5461 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5462 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5463 5464 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5465 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5466 // parameter. 5467 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5468 5469 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5470 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5471 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5472 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5473 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5474 } 5475 5476 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5477 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5478 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5479 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5480 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5481 } 5482 } 5483 5484 // Ensure we have a valid name 5485 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5486 if (D.hasName()) { 5487 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5488 if (!II) { 5489 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5490 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5491 D.setInvalidType(true); 5492 } 5493 } 5494 5495 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5496 if (II) { 5497 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5498 ForRedeclaration); 5499 LookupName(R, S); 5500 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5501 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5502 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5503 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5504 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5505 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5506 PrevDecl = 0; 5507 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5508 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5509 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5510 5511 // Recover by removing the name 5512 II = 0; 5513 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5514 D.setInvalidType(true); 5515 } 5516 } 5517 } 5518 5519 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5520 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5521 // looking like class members in C++. 5522 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5523 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5524 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5525 parmDeclType, TInfo, 5526 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5527 5528 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5529 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5530 5531 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5532 S->AddDecl(New); 5533 if (II) 5534 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5535 5536 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5537 5538 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5539 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5540 } 5541 return New; 5542} 5543 5544/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5545/// typedef. 5546ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5547 SourceLocation Loc, 5548 QualType T) { 5549 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 5550 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 5551 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 5552 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 5553 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5554 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5555 Param->setImplicit(); 5556 return Param; 5557} 5558 5559void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5560 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5561 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5562 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5563 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5564 return; 5565 5566 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5567 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5568 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5569 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5570 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5571 } 5572 } 5573} 5574 5575void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5576 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5577 QualType ReturnTy, 5578 NamedDecl *D) { 5579 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5580 return; 5581 5582 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5583 // threshold. 5584 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5585 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5586 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5587 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5588 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5589 } 5590 5591 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5592 // threshold. 5593 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5594 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5595 if (!T->isPODType()) 5596 continue; 5597 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5598 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5599 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5600 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5601 } 5602} 5603 5604ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 5605 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 5606 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 5607 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5608 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5609 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 5610 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5611 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5612 0); 5613 5614 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5615 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5616 // the class has been completely parsed. 5617 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5618 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5619 AbstractParamType)) 5620 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5621 5622 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5623 // passed by reference. 5624 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5625 Diag(NameLoc, 5626 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5627 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5628 } 5629 5630 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5631 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5632 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5633 // an address space. 5634 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5635 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5636 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5637 } 5638 5639 return New; 5640} 5641 5642void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5643 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5644 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5645 5646 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5647 // for a K&R function. 5648 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5649 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5650 --i; 5651 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5652 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5653 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5654 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5655 << ";\n"; 5656 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5657 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5658 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5659 5660 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5661 // type. 5662 AttributeFactory attrs; 5663 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 5664 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5665 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5666 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5667 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5668 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5669 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5670 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5671 } 5672 } 5673 } 5674} 5675 5676Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5677 Declarator &D) { 5678 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5679 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5680 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5681 5682 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5683 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5684 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5685 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5686} 5687 5688static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5689 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5690 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5691 return false; 5692 5693 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5694 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5695 return false; 5696 5697 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5698 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5699 return false; 5700 5701 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5702 if (FD->isMain()) 5703 return false; 5704 5705 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5706 if (FD->isInlined()) 5707 return false; 5708 5709 // Don't warn about function templates. 5710 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5711 return false; 5712 5713 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5714 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5715 return false; 5716 5717 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5718 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5719 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5720 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5721 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5722 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5723 continue; 5724 5725 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5726 break; 5727 } 5728 5729 return MissingPrototype; 5730} 5731 5732Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5733 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5734 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5735 5736 if (!D) 5737 return D; 5738 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5739 5740 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5741 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5742 else 5743 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5744 5745 // Enter a new function scope 5746 PushFunctionScope(); 5747 5748 // See if this is a redefinition. 5749 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5750 // was an extern inline function. 5751 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5752 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5753 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5754 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5755 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5756 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5757 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5758 else 5759 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5760 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5761 } 5762 5763 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5764 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5765 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5766 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5767 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5768 } 5769 } 5770 5771 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5772 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5773 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5774 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5775 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5776 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5777 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5778 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5779 5780 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5781 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5782 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5783 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5784 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5785 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5786 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5787 5788 if (FnBodyScope) 5789 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5790 5791 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5792 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5793 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5794 5795 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5796 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5797 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5798 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5799 5800 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5801 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5802 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5803 5804 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5805 } 5806 } 5807 5808 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5809 // dllimport attribute. 5810 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5811 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5812 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5813 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 5814 if (!DA->isInherited() && 5815 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 5816 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5817 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5818 << "dllimport"; 5819 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5820 return FD; 5821 } 5822 5823 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5824 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5825 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5826 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5827 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5828 // emitted. 5829 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5830 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5831 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5832 } 5833 } 5834 return FD; 5835} 5836 5837/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5838/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5839/// optimization. 5840/// 5841/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5842/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5843/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5844/// use the named return value optimization. 5845/// 5846/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5847/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5848/// the NRVO variable. 5849/// 5850/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5851/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5852/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5853static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5854 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5855 5856 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5857 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5858 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5859 return; 5860 5861 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5862 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5863 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5864 return; 5865 } 5866 5867 if (NRVOCandidate) 5868 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5869} 5870 5871Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5872 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5873} 5874 5875Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5876 bool IsInstantiation) { 5877 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5878 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5879 if (FunTmpl) 5880 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5881 else 5882 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5883 5884 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5885 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 5886 5887 if (FD) { 5888 FD->setBody(Body); 5889 if (FD->isMain()) { 5890 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5891 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5892 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5893 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5894 } 5895 5896 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5897 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5898 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5899 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5900 5901 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5902 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5903 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5904 5905 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5906 } 5907 5908 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5909 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5910 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5911 MD->setBody(Body); 5912 if (Body) 5913 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5914 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5915 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5916 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5917 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5918 } 5919 } else { 5920 return 0; 5921 } 5922 5923 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5924 if (Body) { 5925 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5926 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5927 // Verify this. 5928 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5929 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5930 5931 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5932 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5933 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5934 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5935 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5936 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5937 5938 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5939 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5940 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5941 5942 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5943 Destructor->getParent()); 5944 } 5945 5946 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5947 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5948 // deletion in some later function. 5949 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 5950 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) 5951 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5952 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5953 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5954 // enabled. 5955 ActivePolicy = &WP; 5956 } 5957 5958 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5959 } 5960 5961 if (!IsInstantiation) 5962 PopDeclContext(); 5963 5964 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 5965 5966 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5967 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5968 // deletion in some later function. 5969 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5970 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5971 5972 return dcl; 5973} 5974 5975/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5976/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5977NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5978 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5979 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5980 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5981 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5982 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5983 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5984 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5985 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5986 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5987 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5988 return Pos->second; 5989 } 5990 5991 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5992 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5993 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5994 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5995 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5996 else 5997 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5998 5999 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6000 const char *Dummy; 6001 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6002 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6003 unsigned DiagID; 6004 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6005 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6006 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6007 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6008 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6009 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6010 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6011 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6012 DS.getAttributes(), 6013 SourceLocation()); 6014 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6015 6016 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6017 6018 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6019 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6020 6021 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6022 FD->setImplicit(); 6023 6024 CurContext = PrevDC; 6025 6026 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6027 6028 return FD; 6029} 6030 6031/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6032/// the declaration of this function. 6033/// 6034/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6035/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6036/// like NSLog or printf. 6037void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6038 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6039 return; 6040 6041 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6042 // actual attributes. 6043 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6044 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6045 unsigned FormatIdx; 6046 bool HasVAListArg; 6047 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6048 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6049 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6050 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6051 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6052 } 6053 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6054 HasVAListArg)) { 6055 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6056 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6057 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6058 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6059 } 6060 6061 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6062 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6063 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6064 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6065 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6066 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6067 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6068 } 6069 6070 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 6071 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6072 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 6073 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6074 } 6075 6076 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6077 if (!Name) 6078 return; 6079 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6080 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6081 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6082 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6083 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6084 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6085 // about. 6086 } else 6087 return; 6088 6089 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6090 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6091 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6092 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6093 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6094 } else 6095 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6096 "printf", 1, 6097 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6098 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6099 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6100 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6101 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6102 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6103 "printf", 2, 6104 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6105 } 6106} 6107 6108TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6109 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6110 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6111 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6112 6113 if (!TInfo) { 6114 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6115 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6116 } 6117 6118 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6119 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6120 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6121 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6122 D.getIdentifier(), 6123 TInfo); 6124 6125 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6126 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6127 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6128 return NewTD; 6129 } 6130 6131 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6132 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6133 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6134 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6135 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6136 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6137 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6138 case TST_enum: 6139 case TST_struct: 6140 case TST_union: 6141 case TST_class: { 6142 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6143 6144 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6145 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6146 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6147 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6148 6149 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6150 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6151 6152 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6153 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6154 break; 6155 6156 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6157 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6158 break; 6159 } 6160 6161 default: 6162 break; 6163 } 6164 6165 return NewTD; 6166} 6167 6168 6169/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6170/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6171/// 6172/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6173bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6174 TagTypeKind NewTag, 6175 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6176 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6177 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6178 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6179 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6180 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6181 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6182 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6183 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6184 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6185 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6186 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6187 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6188 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6189 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6190 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6191 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6192 return true; 6193 6194 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6195 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6196 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6197 bool isTemplate = false; 6198 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6199 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6200 6201 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6202 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6203 << isTemplate << &Name 6204 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6205 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6206 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6207 return true; 6208 } 6209 return false; 6210} 6211 6212/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6213/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6214/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6215/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6216Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6217 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6218 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6219 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6220 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6221 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6222 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6223 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6224 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6225 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6226 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6227 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6228 6229 OwnedDecl = false; 6230 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6231 6232 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6233 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6234 bool Invalid = false; 6235 6236 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6237 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6238 // for non-C++ cases. 6239 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6240 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6241 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6242 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 6243 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6244 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6245 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6246 isExplicitSpecialization, 6247 Invalid)) { 6248 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6249 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6250 // be a member of another template). 6251 6252 if (Invalid) 6253 return 0; 6254 6255 OwnedDecl = false; 6256 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6257 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6258 TemplateParams, AS, 6259 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6260 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6261 return Result.get(); 6262 } else { 6263 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6264 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6265 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6266 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6267 } 6268 } 6269 } 6270 6271 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6272 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6273 // redeclaration. 6274 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6275 6276 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6277 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6278 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6279 // type, default to int. 6280 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6281 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6282 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6283 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6284 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6285 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6286 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6287 6288 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6289 6290 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6291 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6292 << T; 6293 // Recover by falling back to int. 6294 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6295 } 6296 6297 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6298 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6299 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6300 6301 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6302 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6303 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6304 } 6305 6306 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6307 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6308 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6309 6310 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6311 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6312 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6313 6314 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6315 6316 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6317 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6318 6319 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6320 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6321 Name = 0; 6322 goto CreateNewDecl; 6323 } 6324 6325 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6326 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6327 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6328 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6329 if (!DC) { 6330 IsDependent = true; 6331 return 0; 6332 } 6333 } else { 6334 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6335 if (!DC) { 6336 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6337 << SS.getRange(); 6338 return 0; 6339 } 6340 } 6341 6342 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6343 return 0; 6344 6345 SearchDC = DC; 6346 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6347 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6348 6349 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6350 return 0; 6351 6352 if (Previous.empty()) { 6353 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6354 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6355 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6356 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6357 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6358 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6359 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6360 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6361 IsDependent = true; 6362 return 0; 6363 } 6364 6365 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6366 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6367 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6368 Name = 0; 6369 Invalid = true; 6370 goto CreateNewDecl; 6371 } 6372 } else if (Name) { 6373 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6374 // declaration or definition. 6375 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6376 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6377 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6378 LookupName(Previous, S); 6379 6380 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6381 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6382 return 0; 6383 6384 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6385 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6386 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6387 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 6388 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 6389 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 6390 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6391 } 6392 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 6393 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 6394 // initial context to the translation unit. 6395 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6396 } 6397 6398 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6399 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6400 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6401 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6402 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6403 Previous.clear(); 6404 } 6405 6406 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 6407 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 6408 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 6409 isStdBadAlloc = true; 6410 6411 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 6412 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 6413 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 6414 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 6415 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 6416 } 6417 } 6418 6419 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 6420 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 6421 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 6422 // there's a shadow friend decl. 6423 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 6424 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6425 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 6426 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 6427 6428 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6429 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 6430 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 6431 // 6432 // class-key identifier 6433 // 6434 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 6435 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 6436 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 6437 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 6438 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 6439 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 6440 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 6441 // declaration. 6442 // 6443 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 6444 // C structs and unions. 6445 // 6446 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 6447 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 6448 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 6449 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 6450 // 6451 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6452 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6453 // 6454 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6455 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6456 // lexical context, 6457 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6458 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6459 6460 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6461 while (S->isClassScope() || 6462 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6463 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6464 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6465 (S->getEntity() && 6466 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6467 S = S->getParent(); 6468 } else { 6469 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6470 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6471 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6472 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6473 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6474 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6475 } 6476 6477 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6478 // diagnose some problems. 6479 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6480 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6481 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6482 } 6483 } 6484 6485 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6486 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6487 6488 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6489 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6490 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6491 // in C++. 6492 // 6493 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6494 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6495 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6496 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6497 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6498 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6499 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6500 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6501 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6502 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6503 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6504 PrevDecl = Tag; 6505 Previous.clear(); 6506 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6507 Previous.resolveKind(); 6508 } 6509 } 6510 } 6511 } 6512 6513 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6514 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6515 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6516 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6517 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6518 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6519 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6520 // struct or something similar. 6521 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6522 bool SafeToContinue 6523 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6524 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6525 if (SafeToContinue) 6526 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6527 << Name 6528 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6529 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6530 else 6531 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6532 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6533 6534 if (SafeToContinue) 6535 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6536 else { 6537 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6538 Name = 0; 6539 Previous.clear(); 6540 Invalid = true; 6541 } 6542 } 6543 6544 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6545 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6546 6547 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6548 // returning the previous declaration. 6549 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6550 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6551 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6552 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6553 return PrevTagDecl; 6554 } 6555 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6556 QualType T; 6557 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6558 T = TI->getType(); 6559 else 6560 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6561 6562 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6563 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6564 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6565 << T 6566 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6567 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6568 return PrevTagDecl; 6569 } 6570 } 6571 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6572 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6573 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6574 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6575 return PrevTagDecl; 6576 } 6577 } 6578 6579 if (!Invalid) { 6580 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6581 6582 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6583 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6584 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6585 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6586 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6587 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6588 return PrevTagDecl; 6589 6590 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6591 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6592 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6593 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6594 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6595 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6596 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6597 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6598 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6599 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6600 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6601 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6602 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6603 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6604 // references get the previous definition. 6605 Name = 0; 6606 Previous.clear(); 6607 Invalid = true; 6608 } 6609 } else { 6610 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6611 // about a nested redefinition. 6612 const TagType *Tag 6613 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6614 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6615 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6616 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6617 diag::note_previous_definition); 6618 Name = 0; 6619 Previous.clear(); 6620 Invalid = true; 6621 } 6622 } 6623 6624 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6625 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6626 } 6627 } 6628 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6629 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6630 6631 } else { 6632 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6633 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6634 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6635 // have distinct types. 6636 Previous.clear(); 6637 } 6638 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6639 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6640 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6641 6642 6643 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6644 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6645 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6646 } else { 6647 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6648 6649 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6650 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6651 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6652 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6653 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6654 unsigned Kind = 0; 6655 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6656 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6657 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 6658 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6659 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6660 Invalid = true; 6661 6662 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6663 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 6664 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6665 // do nothing 6666 6667 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6668 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6669 unsigned Kind = 0; 6670 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6671 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6672 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 6673 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6674 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6675 Invalid = true; 6676 6677 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6678 // case here. 6679 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6680 unsigned Kind = 0; 6681 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6682 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6683 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 6684 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6685 Invalid = true; 6686 6687 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6688 } else { 6689 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6690 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6691 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6692 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6693 Name = 0; 6694 Invalid = true; 6695 } 6696 6697 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6698 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6699 Previous.clear(); 6700 } 6701 } 6702 6703CreateNewDecl: 6704 6705 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6706 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6707 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6708 6709 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6710 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6711 // keyword. 6712 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6713 6714 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6715 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6716 // PrevDecl. 6717 TagDecl *New; 6718 6719 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6720 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6721 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6722 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6723 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 6724 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6725 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6726 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6727 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6728 TagDecl *Def; 6729 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6730 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6731 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6732 } 6733 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6734 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6735 << New; 6736 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6737 } else { 6738 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6739 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6740 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6741 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6742 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6743 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6744 6745 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6746 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6747 // the declaration context. 6748 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6749 IsForwardReference = true; 6750 } 6751 } 6752 6753 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6754 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6755 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6756 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6757 else 6758 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6759 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6760 } 6761 6762 } else { 6763 // struct/union/class 6764 6765 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6766 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6767 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6768 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6769 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 6770 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6771 6772 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6773 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6774 } else 6775 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 6776 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6777 } 6778 6779 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6780 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6781 if (SS.isSet()) { 6782 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 6783 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 6784 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6785 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6786 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6787 } 6788 } 6789 else 6790 Invalid = true; 6791 } 6792 6793 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6794 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6795 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6796 // 6797 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6798 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6799 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6800 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6801 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6802 // parsing of the struct). 6803 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6804 } 6805 6806 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6807 // check the specialization. 6808 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6809 Invalid = true; 6810 6811 if (Invalid) 6812 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6813 6814 if (Attr) 6815 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6816 6817 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6818 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6819 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6820 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6821 6822 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6823 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6824 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6825 6826 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6827 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6828 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6829 6830 // Set the access specifier. 6831 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6832 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6833 6834 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6835 New->startDefinition(); 6836 6837 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6838 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6839 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6840 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6841 if (PrevDecl) 6842 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6843 6844 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6845 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6846 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6847 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6848 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6849 } else if (Name) { 6850 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6851 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6852 if (IsForwardReference) 6853 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6854 6855 } else { 6856 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6857 } 6858 6859 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6860 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6861 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6862 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6863 II->isStr("FILE")) 6864 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6865 6866 OwnedDecl = true; 6867 return New; 6868} 6869 6870void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6871 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6872 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6873 6874 // Enter the tag context. 6875 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6876} 6877 6878void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6879 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 6880 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6881 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6882 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6883 6884 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6885 6886 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6887 return; 6888 6889 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 6890 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 6891 6892 // C++ [class]p2: 6893 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6894 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6895 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6896 // as if it were a public member name. 6897 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6898 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 6899 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 6900 Record->getIdentifier(), 6901 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6902 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6903 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6904 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6905 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6906 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6907 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6908 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6909 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6910 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6911} 6912 6913void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6914 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6915 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6916 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6917 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6918 6919 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6920 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6921 6922 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6923 PopDeclContext(); 6924 6925 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6926 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6927} 6928 6929void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6930 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6931 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6932 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6933 6934 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6935 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6936 // the FieldCollector. 6937 6938 PopDeclContext(); 6939} 6940 6941// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6942bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6943 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6944 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6945 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6946 if (ZeroWidth) 6947 *ZeroWidth = true; 6948 6949 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6950 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6951 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6952 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6953 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6954 return true; 6955 if (FieldName) 6956 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6957 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6958 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6959 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6960 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 6961 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 6962 return true; 6963 6964 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6965 // it now. 6966 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6967 return false; 6968 6969 llvm::APSInt Value; 6970 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6971 return true; 6972 6973 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6974 *ZeroWidth = false; 6975 6976 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6977 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6978 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6979 6980 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6981 if (FieldName) 6982 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6983 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6984 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6985 << Value.toString(10); 6986 } 6987 6988 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6989 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6990 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6991 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6992 if (FieldName) 6993 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6994 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6995 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6996 6997 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6998 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6999 } 7000 7001 if (FieldName) 7002 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7003 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7004 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7005 else 7006 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7007 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7008 } 7009 } 7010 7011 return false; 7012} 7013 7014/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 7015/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7016Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7017 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7018 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7019 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7020 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7021 AS_public); 7022 return Res; 7023} 7024 7025/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7026/// 7027FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7028 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7029 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 7030 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7031 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7032 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7033 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7034 7035 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7036 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7037 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7038 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7039 7040 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7041 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7042 D.setInvalidType(); 7043 T = Context.IntTy; 7044 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7045 } 7046 } 7047 7048 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7049 7050 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7051 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7052 7053 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7054 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7055 LookupName(Previous, S); 7056 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7057 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7058 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7059 7060 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7061 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7062 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7063 7064 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7065 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7066 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7067 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7068 PrevDecl = 0; 7069 } 7070 7071 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7072 PrevDecl = 0; 7073 7074 bool Mutable 7075 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7076 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7077 FieldDecl *NewFD 7078 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 7079 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7080 7081 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7082 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7083 7084 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7085 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7086 // with the same name in the same scope. 7087 } else if (II) { 7088 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7089 } else 7090 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7091 7092 return NewFD; 7093} 7094 7095/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7096/// 7097/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7098/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7099/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7100/// created. 7101/// 7102/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7103/// 7104/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7105FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7106 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7107 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7108 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 7109 SourceLocation TSSL, 7110 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7111 Declarator *D) { 7112 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7113 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7114 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7115 7116 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7117 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7118 if (T.isNull()) { 7119 InvalidDecl = true; 7120 T = Context.IntTy; 7121 } 7122 7123 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7124 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7125 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7126 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7127 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7128 InvalidDecl = true; 7129 } 7130 7131 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7132 // than a variably modified type. 7133 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7134 bool SizeIsNegative; 7135 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7136 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7137 SizeIsNegative, 7138 Oversized); 7139 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7140 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7141 T = FixedTy; 7142 } else { 7143 if (SizeIsNegative) 7144 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7145 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7146 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7147 << Oversized.toString(10); 7148 else 7149 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7150 InvalidDecl = true; 7151 } 7152 } 7153 7154 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7155 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7156 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7157 AbstractFieldType)) 7158 InvalidDecl = true; 7159 7160 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7161 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7162 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7163 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7164 InvalidDecl = true; 7165 BitWidth = 0; 7166 ZeroWidth = false; 7167 } 7168 7169 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7170 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7171 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7172 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7173 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7174 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7175 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7176 7177 if (DiagID) { 7178 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7179 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7180 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7181 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7182 Mutable = false; 7183 InvalidDecl = true; 7184 } 7185 } 7186 7187 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7188 BitWidth, Mutable); 7189 if (InvalidDecl) 7190 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7191 7192 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7193 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7194 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7195 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7196 } 7197 7198 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7199 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7200 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7201 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7202 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7203 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7204 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7205 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7206 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7207 // objects. 7208 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 7209 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7210 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7211 } 7212 } 7213 7214 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7215 // the program is ill-formed. 7216 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7217 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7218 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7219 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7220 } 7221 } 7222 } 7223 7224 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7225 // representation, not a parser representation. 7226 if (D) 7227 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7228 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7229 7230 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7231 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7232 7233 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7234 return NewFD; 7235} 7236 7237bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7238 assert(FD); 7239 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7240 7241 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7242 return true; 7243 7244 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7245 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7246 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7247 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7248 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7249 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7250 // copy constructors. 7251 7252 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7253 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7254 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7255 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 7256 member = CXXConstructor; 7257 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7258 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7259 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7260 member = CXXDestructor; 7261 7262 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7263 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7264 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7265 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7266 return true; 7267 } 7268 } 7269 } 7270 7271 return false; 7272} 7273 7274/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7275/// special member, figure out why. 7276void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7277 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7278 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7279 7280 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7281 switch (member) { 7282 case CXXInvalid: 7283 break; 7284 7285 case CXXConstructor: 7286 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7287 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7288 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7289 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7290 ci->hasBody(body); 7291 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7292 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7293 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7294 return; 7295 } 7296 } 7297 7298 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7299 return; 7300 } 7301 break; 7302 7303 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7304 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7305 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7306 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 7307 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7308 return; 7309 } 7310 break; 7311 7312 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7313 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7314 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7315 // assignment, not the type. 7316 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7317 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7318 return; 7319 } 7320 break; 7321 7322 case CXXDestructor: 7323 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7324 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7325 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7326 return; 7327 } 7328 break; 7329 } 7330 7331 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7332 7333 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7334 // but not trivial destruction. 7335 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7336 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7337 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7338 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7339 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7340 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7341 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7342 return; 7343 } 7344 7345 // Check for virtual methods. 7346 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 7347 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 7348 ++mi) { 7349 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 7350 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7351 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 7352 return; 7353 } 7354 } 7355 } 7356 7357 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 7358 switch (member) { 7359 case CXXConstructor: 7360 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 7361 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7362 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 7363 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7364 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 7365 case CXXDestructor: 7366 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 7367 default: 7368 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 7369 } 7370 7371 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 7372 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 7373 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 7374 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 7375 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 7376 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 7377 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7378 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 7379 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 7380 return; 7381 } 7382 } 7383 7384 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 7385 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 7386 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 7387 ++fi) { 7388 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 7389 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7390 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 7391 7392 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 7393 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 7394 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 7395 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 7396 return; 7397 } 7398 } 7399 } 7400 7401 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 7402} 7403 7404/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 7405/// AST enum value. 7406static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 7407TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 7408 switch (ivarVisibility) { 7409 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 7410 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 7411 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 7412 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 7413 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 7414 } 7415} 7416 7417/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 7418/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 7419Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 7420 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7421 Decl *IntfDecl, 7422 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 7423 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 7424 7425 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7426 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 7427 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7428 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7429 7430 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 7431 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 7432 7433 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7434 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7435 7436 if (BitWidth) { 7437 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 7438 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 7439 D.setInvalidType(); 7440 BitWidth = 0; 7441 } 7442 } else { 7443 // Not a bitfield. 7444 7445 // validate II. 7446 7447 } 7448 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 7449 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 7450 D.setInvalidType(); 7451 } 7452 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7453 // than a variably modified type. 7454 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7456 D.setInvalidType(); 7457 } 7458 7459 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7460 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7461 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7462 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7463 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7464 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7465 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7466 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7467 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7468 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7469 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7470 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7471 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7472 } 7473 else 7474 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7475 } else { 7476 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7477 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7478 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7479 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7480 return 0; 7481 } 7482 } 7483 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7484 } 7485 7486 // Construct the decl. 7487 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 7488 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 7489 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7490 7491 if (II) { 7492 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7493 ForRedeclaration); 7494 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7495 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7496 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7497 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7498 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7499 } 7500 } 7501 7502 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7503 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7504 7505 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7506 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7507 7508 if (II) { 7509 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7510 // these to the interface. 7511 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7512 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7513 } 7514 7515 return NewID; 7516} 7517 7518/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7519/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7520/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7521/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7522void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7523 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7524 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7525 return; 7526 7527 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7528 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7529 7530 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7531 return; 7532 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7533 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7534 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7535 return; 7536 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7537 if (!ID) { 7538 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7539 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7540 return; 7541 } 7542 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7543 else 7544 return; 7545 } 7546 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7547 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7548 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7549 7550 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7551 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 7552 Context.CharTy, 7553 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7554 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7555 true); 7556 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7557} 7558 7559void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7560 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7561 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7562 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7563 AttributeList *Attr) { 7564 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7565 7566 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7567 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7568 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7569 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7570 return; 7571 } 7572 7573 7574 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7575 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7576 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7577 7578 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7579 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7580 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7581 7582 // Get the type for the field. 7583 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7584 7585 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7586 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7587 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7588 } 7589 7590 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7591 // diagnostics about it. 7592 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7593 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7594 continue; 7595 } 7596 7597 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7598 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7599 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7600 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7601 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7602 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7603 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7604 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7605 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7606 // array. 7607 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7608 // Field declared as a function. 7609 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7610 << FD->getDeclName(); 7611 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7612 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7613 continue; 7614 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7615 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7616 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 7617 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7618 // Flexible array member. 7619 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7620 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7621 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7622 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7623 if (Record->isUnion()) 7624 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 7625 << FD->getDeclName(); 7626 else if (NumFields == 1) 7627 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 7628 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7629 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7630 if (Record->isUnion()) 7631 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 7632 << FD->getDeclName(); 7633 else if (NumFields == 1) 7634 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 7635 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7636 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7637 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7638 << FD->getDeclName(); 7639 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7640 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7641 continue; 7642 } 7643 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7644 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7645 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7646 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7647 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7648 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7649 continue; 7650 } 7651 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7652 if (Record) 7653 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7654 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7655 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7656 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7657 // Incomplete type 7658 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7659 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7660 continue; 7661 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7662 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7663 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7664 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7665 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7666 } else { 7667 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7668 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7669 // structures. 7670 if (i != NumFields-1) 7671 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7672 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7673 else { 7674 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7675 // other structs as an extension. 7676 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7677 << FD->getDeclName(); 7678 if (Record) 7679 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7680 } 7681 } 7682 } 7683 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7684 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7685 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7686 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7687 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7688 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7689 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7690 continue; 7691 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7692 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7693 Record && 7694 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7695 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7696 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7697 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7698 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7699 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7700 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7701 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7702 } 7703 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7704 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7705 ++NumNamedMembers; 7706 } 7707 7708 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 7709 if (Record) { 7710 bool Completed = false; 7711 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 7712 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 7713 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7714 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7715 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7716 I != E; ++I) 7717 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7718 7719 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7720 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7721 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7722 7723 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7724 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7725 // problem now. 7726 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7727 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7728 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7729 7730 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7731 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7732 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7733 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7734 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7735 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7736 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7737 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7738 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7739 continue; 7740 7741 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7742 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7743 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7744 // program is ill-formed. 7745 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7746 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7747 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7748 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7749 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7750 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7751 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7752 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7753 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7754 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7755 7756 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7757 } 7758 } 7759 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7760 Completed = true; 7761 } 7762 } 7763 } 7764 } 7765 7766 if (!Completed) 7767 Record->completeDefinition(); 7768 } else { 7769 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7770 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7771 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7772 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7773 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7775 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7776 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7777 } 7778 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7779 // duplicates. 7780 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7781 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7782 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7783 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7784 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7785 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7786 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7787 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7788 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7789 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7790 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7791 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7792 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7793 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7794 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7795 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7796 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7797 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7798 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7799 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7800 } 7801 } 7802 } 7803 7804 if (Attr) 7805 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7806 7807 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7808 // set the visibility of this record. 7809 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7810 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7811} 7812 7813/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7814/// the given type T. 7815static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7816 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7817 QualType T) { 7818 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7819 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7820 7821 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7822 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7823 --BitWidth; 7824 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7825 } 7826 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7827} 7828 7829// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7830// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7831static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7832 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7833 // enum checking below. 7834 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7835 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7836 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7837 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7838 }; 7839 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7840 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7841 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7842 }; 7843 7844 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7845 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7846 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7847 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7848 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7849 return Types[I]; 7850 7851 return QualType(); 7852} 7853 7854EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7855 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7856 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7857 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7858 Expr *Val) { 7859 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7860 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7861 QualType EltTy; 7862 7863 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 7864 Val = 0; 7865 7866 if (Val) { 7867 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7868 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7869 else { 7870 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7871 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7872 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7873 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7874 Val = 0; 7875 } else { 7876 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7877 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7878 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7879 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7880 // representable as an int. 7881 7882 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7883 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7884 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7885 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7886 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7887 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7888 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7889 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 7890 } 7891 } 7892 7893 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7894 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7895 7896 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7897 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7898 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7899 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7900 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7901 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7902 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 7903 } else 7904 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7905 << EltTy; 7906 } else 7907 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 7908 } 7909 else { 7910 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7911 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7912 // is the type of its initializing value: 7913 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7914 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7915 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7916 } 7917 } 7918 } 7919 } 7920 7921 if (!Val) { 7922 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7923 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7924 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7925 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7926 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7927 // is the type of its initializing value: 7928 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7929 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7930 // 7931 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7932 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7933 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7934 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7935 } 7936 else { 7937 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7938 } 7939 } else { 7940 // Assign the last value + 1. 7941 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7942 ++EnumVal; 7943 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7944 7945 // Check for overflow on increment. 7946 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7947 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7948 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7949 // is the type of its initializing value: 7950 // 7951 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7952 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7953 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7954 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7955 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7956 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7957 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7958 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7959 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7960 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7961 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7962 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7963 ++EnumVal; 7964 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7965 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7966 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7967 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7968 << EltTy; 7969 else 7970 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7971 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7972 } else { 7973 EltTy = T; 7974 } 7975 7976 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7977 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7978 // value, then increment. 7979 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7980 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7981 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7982 ++EnumVal; 7983 7984 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7985 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7986 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7987 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7988 // integral type. 7989 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7990 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7991 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7992 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7993 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7994 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7995 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7996 } 7997 } 7998 } 7999 8000 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8001 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8002 // enumerator's type. 8003 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8004 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8005 } 8006 8007 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8008 Val, EnumVal); 8009} 8010 8011 8012Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8013 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8014 AttributeList *Attr, 8015 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8016 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8017 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8018 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8019 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8020 8021 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8022 // we find one that is. 8023 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8024 8025 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8026 // scope. 8027 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8028 ForRedeclaration); 8029 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8030 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8031 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8032 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8033 PrevDecl = 0; 8034 } 8035 8036 if (PrevDecl) { 8037 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8038 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8039 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8040 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8041 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8042 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8043 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8044 else 8045 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8046 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8047 return 0; 8048 } 8049 } 8050 8051 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8052 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8053 // name different from T: 8054 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8055 // type 8056 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8057 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8058 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8059 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8060 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8061 8062 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8063 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8064 8065 if (New) { 8066 // Process attributes. 8067 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8068 8069 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8070 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8071 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8072 } 8073 8074 return New; 8075} 8076 8077void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8078 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8079 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8080 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8081 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8082 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8083 8084 if (Attr) 8085 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8086 8087 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8088 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8089 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8090 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8091 if (!ECD) continue; 8092 8093 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8094 } 8095 8096 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8097 return; 8098 } 8099 8100 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8101 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8102 // emit a warning. 8103 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8104 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8105 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8106 8107 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8108 // reverse the list. 8109 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8110 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8111 8112 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8113 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8114 8115 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8116 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8117 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8118 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8119 8120 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8121 8122 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8123 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8124 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8125 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8126 else 8127 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8128 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8129 8130 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8131 if (AllElementsInt) 8132 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8133 } 8134 8135 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8136 QualType BestType; 8137 unsigned BestWidth; 8138 8139 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8140 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8141 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8142 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8143 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8144 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8145 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8146 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8147 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8148 QualType BestPromotionType; 8149 8150 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8151 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8152 // enum definitions. 8153 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8154 Packed = true; 8155 8156 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8157 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8158 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8159 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8160 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8161 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8162 } 8163 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8164 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8165 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8166 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8167 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8168 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8169 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8170 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8171 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8172 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8173 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8174 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8175 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8176 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8177 } else { 8178 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8179 8180 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8181 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8182 } else { 8183 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8184 8185 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8186 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8187 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8188 } 8189 } 8190 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8191 } else { 8192 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8193 // all of the enumerator values. 8194 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8195 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 8196 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 8197 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8198 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8199 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 8200 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 8201 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8202 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8203 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 8204 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 8205 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8206 BestPromotionType 8207 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8208 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8209 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8210 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8211 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8212 BestPromotionType 8213 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8214 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8215 } else { 8216 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8217 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8218 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8219 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8220 BestPromotionType 8221 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8222 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8223 } 8224 } 8225 8226 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8227 // the type of the enum if needed. 8228 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8229 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8230 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8231 8232 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8233 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8234 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 8235 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 8236 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 8237 8238 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 8239 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8240 8241 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 8242 // the enum decl type. 8243 QualType NewTy; 8244 unsigned NewWidth; 8245 bool NewSign; 8246 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8247 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 8248 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 8249 NewWidth = IntWidth; 8250 NewSign = true; 8251 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 8252 // Already the right type! 8253 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8254 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8255 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8256 // enumeration. 8257 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8258 continue; 8259 } else { 8260 NewTy = BestType; 8261 NewWidth = BestWidth; 8262 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 8263 } 8264 8265 // Adjust the APSInt value. 8266 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 8267 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 8268 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 8269 8270 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 8271 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 8272 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 8273 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 8274 CK_IntegralCast, 8275 ECD->getInitExpr(), 8276 /*base paths*/ 0, 8277 VK_RValue)); 8278 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8279 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8280 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8281 // enumeration. 8282 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8283 else 8284 ECD->setType(NewTy); 8285 } 8286 8287 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 8288 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 8289} 8290 8291Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 8292 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8293 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 8294 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 8295 8296 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8297 AsmString, StartLoc, 8298 EndLoc); 8299 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8300 return New; 8301} 8302 8303void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8304 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8305 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 8306 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 8307 8308 if (PrevDecl) { 8309 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 8310 } else { 8311 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8312 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 8313 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 8314 } 8315} 8316 8317void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8318 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 8319 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8320 SourceLocation NameLoc, 8321 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 8322 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 8323 LookupOrdinaryName); 8324 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 8325 8326 if (PrevDecl) { 8327 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 8328 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8329 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 8330 } else { 8331 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8332 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 8333 } 8334} 8335